This is a live mirror of the Perl 5 development currently hosted at https://github.com/perl/perl5
According to Arthur this should help
[perl5.git] / lib / perl5db.pl
... / ...
CommitLineData
1=head1 NAME
2
3C<perl5db.pl> - the perl debugger
4
5=head1 SYNOPSIS
6
7 perl -d your_Perl_script
8
9=head1 DESCRIPTION
10
11C<perl5db.pl> is the perl debugger. It is loaded automatically by Perl when
12you invoke a script with C<perl -d>. This documentation tries to outline the
13structure and services provided by C<perl5db.pl>, and to describe how you
14can use them.
15
16=head1 GENERAL NOTES
17
18The debugger can look pretty forbidding to many Perl programmers. There are
19a number of reasons for this, many stemming out of the debugger's history.
20
21When the debugger was first written, Perl didn't have a lot of its nicer
22features - no references, no lexical variables, no closures, no object-oriented
23programming. So a lot of the things one would normally have done using such
24features was done using global variables, globs and the C<local()> operator
25in creative ways.
26
27Some of these have survived into the current debugger; a few of the more
28interesting and still-useful idioms are noted in this section, along with notes
29on the comments themselves.
30
31=head2 Why not use more lexicals?
32
33Experienced Perl programmers will note that the debugger code tends to use
34mostly package globals rather than lexically-scoped variables. This is done
35to allow a significant amount of control of the debugger from outside the
36debugger itself.
37
38Unfortunately, though the variables are accessible, they're not well
39documented, so it's generally been a decision that hasn't made a lot of
40difference to most users. Where appropriate, comments have been added to
41make variables more accessible and usable, with the understanding that these
42i<are> debugger internals, and are therefore subject to change. Future
43development should probably attempt to replace the globals with a well-defined
44API, but for now, the variables are what we've got.
45
46=head2 Automated variable stacking via C<local()>
47
48As you may recall from reading C<perlfunc>, the C<local()> operator makes a
49temporary copy of a variable in the current scope. When the scope ends, the
50old copy is restored. This is often used in the debugger to handle the
51automatic stacking of variables during recursive calls:
52
53 sub foo {
54 local $some_global++;
55
56 # Do some stuff, then ...
57 return;
58 }
59
60What happens is that on entry to the subroutine, C<$some_global> is localized,
61then altered. When the subroutine returns, Perl automatically undoes the
62localization, restoring the previous value. Voila, automatic stack management.
63
64The debugger uses this trick a I<lot>. Of particular note is C<DB::eval>,
65which lets the debugger get control inside of C<eval>'ed code. The debugger
66localizes a saved copy of C<$@> inside the subroutine, which allows it to
67keep C<$@> safe until it C<DB::eval> returns, at which point the previous
68value of C<$@> is restored. This makes it simple (well, I<simpler>) to keep
69track of C<$@> inside C<eval>s which C<eval> other C<eval's>.
70
71In any case, watch for this pattern. It occurs fairly often.
72
73=head2 The C<^> trick
74
75This is used to cleverly reverse the sense of a logical test depending on
76the value of an auxiliary variable. For instance, the debugger's C<S>
77(search for subroutines by pattern) allows you to negate the pattern
78like this:
79
80 # Find all non-'foo' subs:
81 S !/foo/
82
83Boolean algebra states that the truth table for XOR looks like this:
84
85=over 4
86
87=item * 0 ^ 0 = 0
88
89(! not present and no match) --> false, don't print
90
91=item * 0 ^ 1 = 1
92
93(! not present and matches) --> true, print
94
95=item * 1 ^ 0 = 1
96
97(! present and no match) --> true, print
98
99=item * 1 ^ 1 = 0
100
101(! present and matches) --> false, don't print
102
103=back
104
105As you can see, the first pair applies when C<!> isn't supplied, and
106the second pair applies when it isn't. The XOR simply allows us to
107compact a more complicated if-then-elseif-else into a more elegant
108(but perhaps overly clever) single test. After all, it needed this
109explanation...
110
111=head2 FLAGS, FLAGS, FLAGS
112
113There is a certain C programming legacy in the debugger. Some variables,
114such as C<$single>, C<$trace>, and C<$frame>, have "magical" values composed
115of 1, 2, 4, etc. (powers of 2) OR'ed together. This allows several pieces
116of state to be stored independently in a single scalar.
117
118A test like
119
120 if ($scalar & 4) ...
121
122is checking to see if the appropriate bit is on. Since each bit can be
123"addressed" independently in this way, C<$scalar> is acting sort of like
124an array of bits. Obviously, since the contents of C<$scalar> are just a
125bit-pattern, we can save and restore it easily (it will just look like
126a number).
127
128The problem, is of course, that this tends to leave magic numbers scattered
129all over your program whenever a bit is set, cleared, or checked. So why do
130it?
131
132=over 4
133
134
135=item * First, doing an arithmetical or bitwise operation on a scalar is
136just about the fastest thing you can do in Perl: C<use constant> actually
137creates a subroutine call, and array hand hash lookups are much slower. Is
138this over-optimization at the expense of readability? Possibly, but the
139debugger accesses these variables a I<lot>. Any rewrite of the code will
140probably have to benchmark alternate implementations and see which is the
141best balance of readability and speed, and then document how it actually
142works.
143
144=item * Second, it's very easy to serialize a scalar number. This is done in
145the restart code; the debugger state variables are saved in C<%ENV> and then
146restored when the debugger is restarted. Having them be just numbers makes
147this trivial.
148
149=item * Third, some of these variables are being shared with the Perl core
150smack in the middle of the interpreter's execution loop. It's much faster for
151a C program (like the interpreter) to check a bit in a scalar than to access
152several different variables (or a Perl array).
153
154=back
155
156=head2 What are those C<XXX> comments for?
157
158Any comment containing C<XXX> means that the comment is either somewhat
159speculative - it's not exactly clear what a given variable or chunk of
160code is doing, or that it is incomplete - the basics may be clear, but the
161subtleties are not completely documented.
162
163Send in a patch if you can clear up, fill out, or clarify an C<XXX>.
164
165=head1 DATA STRUCTURES MAINTAINED BY CORE
166
167There are a number of special data structures provided to the debugger by
168the Perl interpreter.
169
170The array C<@{$main::{'_<'.$filename}}> (aliased locally to C<@dbline> via glob
171assignment) contains the text from C<$filename>, with each element
172corresponding to a single line of C<$filename>.
173
174The hash C<%{'_<'.$filename}> (aliased locally to C<%dbline> via glob
175assignment) contains breakpoints and actions. The keys are line numbers;
176you can set individual values, but not the whole hash. The Perl interpreter
177uses this hash to determine where breakpoints have been set. Any true value is
178considered to be a breakpoint; C<perl5db.pl> uses "$break_condition\0$action".
179Values are magical in numeric context: 1 if the line is breakable, 0 if not.
180
181The scalar ${'_<'.$filename} contains $filename XXX What?
182
183=head1 DEBUGGER STARTUP
184
185When C<perl5db.pl> starts, it reads an rcfile (C<perl5db.ini> for
186non-interactive sessions, C<.perldb> for interactive ones) that can set a number
187of options. In addition, this file may define a subroutine C<&afterinit>
188that will be executed (in the debugger's context) after the debugger has
189initialized itself.
190
191Next, it checks the C<PERLDB_OPTS> environment variable and treats its
192contents as the argument of a debugger <C<O> command.
193
194=head2 STARTUP-ONLY OPTIONS
195
196The following options can only be specified at startup.
197To set them in your rcfile, add a call to
198C<&parse_options("optionName=new_value")>.
199
200=over 4
201
202=item * TTY
203
204the TTY to use for debugging i/o.
205
206=item * noTTY
207
208if set, goes in NonStop mode. On interrupt, if TTY is not set,
209uses the value of noTTY or "/tmp/perldbtty$$" to find TTY using
210Term::Rendezvous. Current variant is to have the name of TTY in this
211file.
212
213=item * ReadLine
214
215If false, a dummy ReadLine is used, so you can debug
216ReadLine applications.
217
218=item * NonStop
219
220if true, no i/o is performed until interrupt.
221
222=item * LineInfo
223
224file or pipe to print line number info to. If it is a
225pipe, a short "emacs like" message is used.
226
227=item * RemotePort
228
229host:port to connect to on remote host for remote debugging.
230
231=back
232
233=head3 SAMPLE RCFILE
234
235 &parse_options("NonStop=1 LineInfo=db.out");
236 sub afterinit { $trace = 1; }
237
238The script will run without human intervention, putting trace
239information into C<db.out>. (If you interrupt it, you had better
240reset C<LineInfo> to something "interactive"!)
241
242=head1 INTERNALS DESCRIPTION
243
244=head2 DEBUGGER INTERFACE VARIABLES
245
246Perl supplies the values for C<%sub>. It effectively inserts
247a C<&DB'DB();> in front of each place that can have a
248breakpoint. At each subroutine call, it calls C<&DB::sub> with
249C<$DB::sub> set to the called subroutine. It also inserts a C<BEGIN
250{require 'perl5db.pl'}> before the first line.
251
252After each C<require>d file is compiled, but before it is executed, a
253call to C<&DB::postponed($main::{'_<'.$filename})> is done. C<$filename>
254is the expanded name of the C<require>d file (as found via C<%INC>).
255
256=head3 IMPORTANT INTERNAL VARIABLES
257
258=head4 C<$CreateTTY>
259
260Used to control when the debugger will attempt to acquire another TTY to be
261used for input.
262
263=over
264
265=item * 1 - on C<fork()>
266
267=item * 2 - debugger is started inside debugger
268
269=item * 4 - on startup
270
271=back
272
273=head4 C<$doret>
274
275The value -2 indicates that no return value should be printed.
276Any other positive value causes C<DB::sub> to print return values.
277
278=head4 C<$evalarg>
279
280The item to be eval'ed by C<DB::eval>. Used to prevent messing with the current
281contents of C<@_> when C<DB::eval> is called.
282
283=head4 C<$frame>
284
285Determines what messages (if any) will get printed when a subroutine (or eval)
286is entered or exited.
287
288=over 4
289
290=item * 0 - No enter/exit messages
291
292=item * 1 - Print "entering" messages on subroutine entry
293
294=item * 2 - Adds exit messages on subroutine exit. If no other flag is on, acts like 1+2.
295
296=item * 4 - Extended messages: C<in|out> I<context>=I<fully-qualified sub name> from I<file>:I<line>>. If no other flag is on, acts like 1+4.
297
298=item * 8 - Adds parameter information to messages, and overloaded stringify and tied FETCH is enabled on the printed arguments. Ignored if C<4> is not on.
299
300=item * 16 - Adds C<I<context> return from I<subname>: I<value>> messages on subroutine/eval exit. Ignored if C<4> is is not on.
301
302=back
303
304To get everything, use C<$frame=30> (or C<o f-30> as a debugger command).
305The debugger internally juggles the value of C<$frame> during execution to
306protect external modules that the debugger uses from getting traced.
307
308=head4 C<$level>
309
310Tracks current debugger nesting level. Used to figure out how many
311C<E<lt>E<gt>> pairs to surround the line number with when the debugger
312outputs a prompt. Also used to help determine if the program has finished
313during command parsing.
314
315=head4 C<$onetimeDump>
316
317Controls what (if anything) C<DB::eval()> will print after evaluating an
318expression.
319
320=over 4
321
322=item * C<undef> - don't print anything
323
324=item * C<dump> - use C<dumpvar.pl> to display the value returned
325
326=item * C<methods> - print the methods callable on the first item returned
327
328=back
329
330=head4 C<$onetimeDumpDepth>
331
332Controls how far down C<dumpvar.pl> will go before printing '...' while
333dumping a structure. Numeric. If C<undef>, print all levels.
334
335=head4 C<$signal>
336
337Used to track whether or not an C<INT> signal has been detected. C<DB::DB()>,
338which is called before every statement, checks this and puts the user into
339command mode if it finds C<$signal> set to a true value.
340
341=head4 C<$single>
342
343Controls behavior during single-stepping. Stacked in C<@stack> on entry to
344each subroutine; popped again at the end of each subroutine.
345
346=over 4
347
348=item * 0 - run continuously.
349
350=item * 1 - single-step, go into subs. The 's' command.
351
352=item * 2 - single-step, don't go into subs. The 'n' command.
353
354=item * 4 - print current sub depth (turned on to force this when "too much
355recursion" occurs.
356
357=back
358
359=head4 C<$trace>
360
361Controls the output of trace information.
362
363=over 4
364
365=item * 1 - The C<t> command was entered to turn on tracing (every line executed is printed)
366
367=item * 2 - watch expressions are active
368
369=item * 4 - user defined a C<watchfunction()> in C<afterinit()>
370
371=back
372
373=head4 C<$slave_editor>
374
3751 if C<LINEINFO> was directed to a pipe; 0 otherwise.
376
377=head4 C<@cmdfhs>
378
379Stack of filehandles that C<DB::readline()> will read commands from.
380Manipulated by the debugger's C<source> command and C<DB::readline()> itself.
381
382=head4 C<@dbline>
383
384Local alias to the magical line array, C<@{$main::{'_<'.$filename}}> ,
385supplied by the Perl interpreter to the debugger. Contains the source.
386
387=head4 C<@old_watch>
388
389Previous values of watch expressions. First set when the expression is
390entered; reset whenever the watch expression changes.
391
392=head4 C<@saved>
393
394Saves important globals (C<$@>, C<$!>, C<$^E>, C<$,>, C<$/>, C<$\>, C<$^W>)
395so that the debugger can substitute safe values while it's running, and
396restore them when it returns control.
397
398=head4 C<@stack>
399
400Saves the current value of C<$single> on entry to a subroutine.
401Manipulated by the C<c> command to turn off tracing in all subs above the
402current one.
403
404=head4 C<@to_watch>
405
406The 'watch' expressions: to be evaluated before each line is executed.
407
408=head4 C<@typeahead>
409
410The typeahead buffer, used by C<DB::readline>.
411
412=head4 C<%alias>
413
414Command aliases. Stored as character strings to be substituted for a command
415entered.
416
417=head4 C<%break_on_load>
418
419Keys are file names, values are 1 (break when this file is loaded) or undef
420(don't break when it is loaded).
421
422=head4 C<%dbline>
423
424Keys are line numbers, values are "condition\0action". If used in numeric
425context, values are 0 if not breakable, 1 if breakable, no matter what is
426in the actual hash entry.
427
428=head4 C<%had_breakpoints>
429
430Keys are file names; values are bitfields:
431
432=over 4
433
434=item * 1 - file has a breakpoint in it.
435
436=item * 2 - file has an action in it.
437
438=back
439
440A zero or undefined value means this file has neither.
441
442=head4 C<%option>
443
444Stores the debugger options. These are character string values.
445
446=head4 C<%postponed>
447
448Saves breakpoints for code that hasn't been compiled yet.
449Keys are subroutine names, values are:
450
451=over 4
452
453=item * 'compile' - break when this sub is compiled
454
455=item * 'break +0 if <condition>' - break (conditionally) at the start of this routine. The condition will be '1' if no condition was specified.
456
457=back
458
459=head4 C<%postponed_file>
460
461This hash keeps track of breakpoints that need to be set for files that have
462not yet been compiled. Keys are filenames; values are references to hashes.
463Each of these hashes is keyed by line number, and its values are breakpoint
464definitions ("condition\0action").
465
466=head1 DEBUGGER INITIALIZATION
467
468The debugger's initialization actually jumps all over the place inside this
469package. This is because there are several BEGIN blocks (which of course
470execute immediately) spread through the code. Why is that?
471
472The debugger needs to be able to change some things and set some things up
473before the debugger code is compiled; most notably, the C<$deep> variable that
474C<DB::sub> uses to tell when a program has recursed deeply. In addition, the
475debugger has to turn off warnings while the debugger code is compiled, but then
476restore them to their original setting before the program being debugged begins
477executing.
478
479The first C<BEGIN> block simply turns off warnings by saving the current
480setting of C<$^W> and then setting it to zero. The second one initializes
481the debugger variables that are needed before the debugger begins executing.
482The third one puts C<$^X> back to its former value.
483
484We'll detail the second C<BEGIN> block later; just remember that if you need
485to initialize something before the debugger starts really executing, that's
486where it has to go.
487
488=cut
489
490package DB;
491
492# Debugger for Perl 5.00x; perl5db.pl patch level:
493$VERSION = 1.21;
494$header = "perl5db.pl version $VERSION";
495
496=head1 DEBUGGER ROUTINES
497
498=head2 C<DB::eval()>
499
500This function replaces straight C<eval()> inside the debugger; it simplifies
501the process of evaluating code in the user's context.
502
503The code to be evaluated is passed via the package global variable
504C<$DB::evalarg>; this is done to avoid fiddling with the contents of C<@_>.
505
506We preserve the current settings of X<C<$trace>>, X<C<$single>>, and X<C<$^D>>;
507add the X<C<$usercontext>> (that's the preserved values of C<$@>, C<$!>,
508C<$^E>, C<$,>, C<$/>, C<$\>, and C<$^W>, grabbed when C<DB::DB> got control,
509and the user's current package) and a add a newline before we do the C<eval()>.
510This causes the proper context to be used when the eval is actually done.
511Afterward, we restore C<$trace>, C<$single>, and C<$^D>.
512
513Next we need to handle C<$@> without getting confused. We save C<$@> in a
514local lexical, localize C<$saved[0]> (which is where C<save()> will put
515C<$@>), and then call C<save()> to capture C<$@>, C<$!>, C<$^E>, C<$,>,
516C<$/>, C<$\>, and C<$^W>) and set C<$,>, C<$/>, C<$\>, and C<$^W> to values
517considered sane by the debugger. If there was an C<eval()> error, we print
518it on the debugger's output. If X<C<$onetimedump>> is defined, we call
519X<C<dumpit>> if it's set to 'dump', or X<C<methods>> if it's set to
520'methods'. Setting it to something else causes the debugger to do the eval
521but not print the result - handy if you want to do something else with it
522(the "watch expressions" code does this to get the value of the watch
523expression but not show it unless it matters).
524
525In any case, we then return the list of output from C<eval> to the caller,
526and unwinding restores the former version of C<$@> in C<@saved> as well
527(the localization of C<$saved[0]> goes away at the end of this scope).
528
529=head3 Parameters and variables influencing execution of DB::eval()
530
531C<DB::eval> isn't parameterized in the standard way; this is to keep the
532debugger's calls to C<DB::eval()> from mucking with C<@_>, among other things.
533The variables listed below influence C<DB::eval()>'s execution directly.
534
535=over 4
536
537=item C<$evalarg> - the thing to actually be eval'ed
538
539=item C<$trace> - Current state of execution tracing (see X<$trace>)
540
541=item C<$single> - Current state of single-stepping (see X<$single>)
542
543=item C<$onetimeDump> - what is to be displayed after the evaluation
544
545=item C<$onetimeDumpDepth> - how deep C<dumpit()> should go when dumping results
546
547=back
548
549The following variables are altered by C<DB::eval()> during its execution. They
550are "stacked" via C<local()>, enabling recursive calls to C<DB::eval()>.
551
552=over 4
553
554=item C<@res> - used to capture output from actual C<eval>.
555
556=item C<$otrace> - saved value of C<$trace>.
557
558=item C<$osingle> - saved value of C<$single>.
559
560=item C<$od> - saved value of C<$^D>.
561
562=item C<$saved[0]> - saved value of C<$@>.
563
564=item $\ - for output of C<$@> if there is an evaluation error.
565
566=back
567
568=head3 The problem of lexicals
569
570The context of C<DB::eval()> presents us with some problems. Obviously,
571we want to be 'sandboxed' away from the debugger's internals when we do
572the eval, but we need some way to control how punctuation variables and
573debugger globals are used.
574
575We can't use local, because the code inside C<DB::eval> can see localized
576variables; and we can't use C<my> either for the same reason. The code
577in this routine compromises and uses C<my>.
578
579After this routine is over, we don't have user code executing in the debugger's
580context, so we can use C<my> freely.
581
582=cut
583
584############################################## Begin lexical danger zone
585
586# 'my' variables used here could leak into (that is, be visible in)
587# the context that the code being evaluated is executing in. This means that
588# the code could modify the debugger's variables.
589#
590# Fiddling with the debugger's context could be Bad. We insulate things as
591# much as we can.
592
593sub eval {
594
595 # 'my' would make it visible from user code
596 # but so does local! --tchrist
597 # Remember: this localizes @DB::res, not @main::res.
598 local @res;
599 {
600 # Try to keep the user code from messing with us. Save these so that
601 # even if the eval'ed code changes them, we can put them back again.
602 # Needed because the user could refer directly to the debugger's
603 # package globals (and any 'my' variables in this containing scope)
604 # inside the eval(), and we want to try to stay safe.
605 local $otrace = $trace;
606 local $osingle = $single;
607 local $od = $^D;
608
609 # Untaint the incoming eval() argument.
610 { ($evalarg) = $evalarg =~ /(.*)/s; }
611
612 # $usercontext built in DB::DB near the comment
613 # "set up the context for DB::eval ..."
614 # Evaluate and save any results.
615 @res =
616 eval "$usercontext $evalarg;\n"; # '\n' for nice recursive debug
617
618 # Restore those old values.
619 $trace = $otrace;
620 $single = $osingle;
621 $^D = $od;
622 }
623
624 # Save the current value of $@, and preserve it in the debugger's copy
625 # of the saved precious globals.
626 my $at = $@;
627
628 # Since we're only saving $@, we only have to localize the array element
629 # that it will be stored in.
630 local $saved[0]; # Preserve the old value of $@
631 eval { &DB::save };
632
633 # Now see whether we need to report an error back to the user.
634 if ($at) {
635 local $\ = '';
636 print $OUT $at;
637 }
638
639 # Display as required by the caller. $onetimeDump and $onetimedumpDepth
640 # are package globals.
641 elsif ($onetimeDump) {
642 if ($onetimeDump eq 'dump') {
643 local $option{dumpDepth} = $onetimedumpDepth
644 if defined $onetimedumpDepth;
645 dumpit($OUT, \@res);
646 }
647 elsif ($onetimeDump eq 'methods') {
648 methods($res[0]);
649 }
650 } ## end elsif ($onetimeDump)
651 @res;
652} ## end sub eval
653
654############################################## End lexical danger zone
655
656# After this point it is safe to introduce lexicals.
657# The code being debugged will be executing in its own context, and
658# can't see the inside of the debugger.
659#
660# However, one should not overdo it: leave as much control from outside as
661# possible. If you make something a lexical, it's not going to be addressable
662# from outside the debugger even if you know its name.
663
664# This file is automatically included if you do perl -d.
665# It's probably not useful to include this yourself.
666#
667# Before venturing further into these twisty passages, it is
668# wise to read the perldebguts man page or risk the ire of dragons.
669#
670# (It should be noted that perldebguts will tell you a lot about
671# the uderlying mechanics of how the debugger interfaces into the
672# Perl interpreter, but not a lot about the debugger itself. The new
673# comments in this code try to address this problem.)
674
675# Note that no subroutine call is possible until &DB::sub is defined
676# (for subroutines defined outside of the package DB). In fact the same is
677# true if $deep is not defined.
678#
679# $Log: perldb.pl,v $
680
681# Enhanced by ilya@math.ohio-state.edu (Ilya Zakharevich)
682
683# modified Perl debugger, to be run from Emacs in perldb-mode
684# Ray Lischner (uunet!mntgfx!lisch) as of 5 Nov 1990
685# Johan Vromans -- upgrade to 4.0 pl 10
686# Ilya Zakharevich -- patches after 5.001 (and some before ;-)
687
688# (We have made efforts to clarify the comments in the change log
689# in other places; some of them may seem somewhat obscure as they
690# were originally written, and explaining them away from the code
691# in question seems conterproductive.. -JM)
692
693########################################################################
694# Changes: 0.94
695# + A lot of things changed after 0.94. First of all, core now informs
696# debugger about entry into XSUBs, overloaded operators, tied operations,
697# BEGIN and END. Handy with `O f=2'.
698# + This can make debugger a little bit too verbose, please be patient
699# and report your problems promptly.
700# + Now the option frame has 3 values: 0,1,2. XXX Document!
701# + Note that if DESTROY returns a reference to the object (or object),
702# the deletion of data may be postponed until the next function call,
703# due to the need to examine the return value.
704#
705# Changes: 0.95
706# + `v' command shows versions.
707#
708# Changes: 0.96
709# + `v' command shows version of readline.
710# primitive completion works (dynamic variables, subs for `b' and `l',
711# options). Can `p %var'
712# + Better help (`h <' now works). New commands <<, >>, {, {{.
713# {dump|print}_trace() coded (to be able to do it from <<cmd).
714# + `c sub' documented.
715# + At last enough magic combined to stop after the end of debuggee.
716# + !! should work now (thanks to Emacs bracket matching an extra
717# `]' in a regexp is caught).
718# + `L', `D' and `A' span files now (as documented).
719# + Breakpoints in `require'd code are possible (used in `R').
720# + Some additional words on internal work of debugger.
721# + `b load filename' implemented.
722# + `b postpone subr' implemented.
723# + now only `q' exits debugger (overwritable on $inhibit_exit).
724# + When restarting debugger breakpoints/actions persist.
725# + Buglet: When restarting debugger only one breakpoint/action per
726# autoloaded function persists.
727#
728# Changes: 0.97: NonStop will not stop in at_exit().
729# + Option AutoTrace implemented.
730# + Trace printed differently if frames are printed too.
731# + new `inhibitExit' option.
732# + printing of a very long statement interruptible.
733# Changes: 0.98: New command `m' for printing possible methods
734# + 'l -' is a synonym for `-'.
735# + Cosmetic bugs in printing stack trace.
736# + `frame' & 8 to print "expanded args" in stack trace.
737# + Can list/break in imported subs.
738# + new `maxTraceLen' option.
739# + frame & 4 and frame & 8 granted.
740# + new command `m'
741# + nonstoppable lines do not have `:' near the line number.
742# + `b compile subname' implemented.
743# + Will not use $` any more.
744# + `-' behaves sane now.
745# Changes: 0.99: Completion for `f', `m'.
746# + `m' will remove duplicate names instead of duplicate functions.
747# + `b load' strips trailing whitespace.
748# completion ignores leading `|'; takes into account current package
749# when completing a subroutine name (same for `l').
750# Changes: 1.07: Many fixed by tchrist 13-March-2000
751# BUG FIXES:
752# + Added bare minimal security checks on perldb rc files, plus
753# comments on what else is needed.
754# + Fixed the ornaments that made "|h" completely unusable.
755# They are not used in print_help if they will hurt. Strip pod
756# if we're paging to less.
757# + Fixed mis-formatting of help messages caused by ornaments
758# to restore Larry's original formatting.
759# + Fixed many other formatting errors. The code is still suboptimal,
760# and needs a lot of work at restructuring. It's also misindented
761# in many places.
762# + Fixed bug where trying to look at an option like your pager
763# shows "1".
764# + Fixed some $? processing. Note: if you use csh or tcsh, you will
765# lose. You should consider shell escapes not using their shell,
766# or else not caring about detailed status. This should really be
767# unified into one place, too.
768# + Fixed bug where invisible trailing whitespace on commands hoses you,
769# tricking Perl into thinking you weren't calling a debugger command!
770# + Fixed bug where leading whitespace on commands hoses you. (One
771# suggests a leading semicolon or any other irrelevant non-whitespace
772# to indicate literal Perl code.)
773# + Fixed bugs that ate warnings due to wrong selected handle.
774# + Fixed a precedence bug on signal stuff.
775# + Fixed some unseemly wording.
776# + Fixed bug in help command trying to call perl method code.
777# + Fixed to call dumpvar from exception handler. SIGPIPE killed us.
778# ENHANCEMENTS:
779# + Added some comments. This code is still nasty spaghetti.
780# + Added message if you clear your pre/post command stacks which was
781# very easy to do if you just typed a bare >, <, or {. (A command
782# without an argument should *never* be a destructive action; this
783# API is fundamentally screwed up; likewise option setting, which
784# is equally buggered.)
785# + Added command stack dump on argument of "?" for >, <, or {.
786# + Added a semi-built-in doc viewer command that calls man with the
787# proper %Config::Config path (and thus gets caching, man -k, etc),
788# or else perldoc on obstreperous platforms.
789# + Added to and rearranged the help information.
790# + Detected apparent misuse of { ... } to declare a block; this used
791# to work but now is a command, and mysteriously gave no complaint.
792#
793# Changes: 1.08: Apr 25, 2001 Jon Eveland <jweveland@yahoo.com>
794# BUG FIX:
795# + This patch to perl5db.pl cleans up formatting issues on the help
796# summary (h h) screen in the debugger. Mostly columnar alignment
797# issues, plus converted the printed text to use all spaces, since
798# tabs don't seem to help much here.
799#
800# Changes: 1.09: May 19, 2001 Ilya Zakharevich <ilya@math.ohio-state.edu>
801# Minor bugs corrected;
802# + Support for auto-creation of new TTY window on startup, either
803# unconditionally, or if started as a kid of another debugger session;
804# + New `O'ption CreateTTY
805# I<CreateTTY> bits control attempts to create a new TTY on events:
806# 1: on fork()
807# 2: debugger is started inside debugger
808# 4: on startup
809# + Code to auto-create a new TTY window on OS/2 (currently one
810# extra window per session - need named pipes to have more...);
811# + Simplified interface for custom createTTY functions (with a backward
812# compatibility hack); now returns the TTY name to use; return of ''
813# means that the function reset the I/O handles itself;
814# + Better message on the semantic of custom createTTY function;
815# + Convert the existing code to create a TTY into a custom createTTY
816# function;
817# + Consistent support for TTY names of the form "TTYin,TTYout";
818# + Switch line-tracing output too to the created TTY window;
819# + make `b fork' DWIM with CORE::GLOBAL::fork;
820# + High-level debugger API cmd_*():
821# cmd_b_load($filenamepart) # b load filenamepart
822# cmd_b_line($lineno [, $cond]) # b lineno [cond]
823# cmd_b_sub($sub [, $cond]) # b sub [cond]
824# cmd_stop() # Control-C
825# cmd_d($lineno) # d lineno (B)
826# The cmd_*() API returns FALSE on failure; in this case it outputs
827# the error message to the debugging output.
828# + Low-level debugger API
829# break_on_load($filename) # b load filename
830# @files = report_break_on_load() # List files with load-breakpoints
831# breakable_line_in_filename($name, $from [, $to])
832# # First breakable line in the
833# # range $from .. $to. $to defaults
834# # to $from, and may be less than
835# # $to
836# breakable_line($from [, $to]) # Same for the current file
837# break_on_filename_line($name, $lineno [, $cond])
838# # Set breakpoint,$cond defaults to
839# # 1
840# break_on_filename_line_range($name, $from, $to [, $cond])
841# # As above, on the first
842# # breakable line in range
843# break_on_line($lineno [, $cond]) # As above, in the current file
844# break_subroutine($sub [, $cond]) # break on the first breakable line
845# ($name, $from, $to) = subroutine_filename_lines($sub)
846# # The range of lines of the text
847# The low-level API returns TRUE on success, and die()s on failure.
848#
849# Changes: 1.10: May 23, 2001 Daniel Lewart <d-lewart@uiuc.edu>
850# BUG FIXES:
851# + Fixed warnings generated by "perl -dWe 42"
852# + Corrected spelling errors
853# + Squeezed Help (h) output into 80 columns
854#
855# Changes: 1.11: May 24, 2001 David Dyck <dcd@tc.fluke.com>
856# + Made "x @INC" work like it used to
857#
858# Changes: 1.12: May 24, 2001 Daniel Lewart <d-lewart@uiuc.edu>
859# + Fixed warnings generated by "O" (Show debugger options)
860# + Fixed warnings generated by "p 42" (Print expression)
861# Changes: 1.13: Jun 19, 2001 Scott.L.Miller@compaq.com
862# + Added windowSize option
863# Changes: 1.14: Oct 9, 2001 multiple
864# + Clean up after itself on VMS (Charles Lane in 12385)
865# + Adding "@ file" syntax (Peter Scott in 12014)
866# + Debug reloading selfloaded stuff (Ilya Zakharevich in 11457)
867# + $^S and other debugger fixes (Ilya Zakharevich in 11120)
868# + Forgot a my() declaration (Ilya Zakharevich in 11085)
869# Changes: 1.15: Nov 6, 2001 Michael G Schwern <schwern@pobox.com>
870# + Updated 1.14 change log
871# + Added *dbline explainatory comments
872# + Mentioning perldebguts man page
873# Changes: 1.16: Feb 15, 2002 Mark-Jason Dominus <mjd@plover.com>
874# + $onetimeDump improvements
875# Changes: 1.17: Feb 20, 2002 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
876# Moved some code to cmd_[.]()'s for clarity and ease of handling,
877# rationalised the following commands and added cmd_wrapper() to
878# enable switching between old and frighteningly consistent new
879# behaviours for diehards: 'o CommandSet=pre580' (sigh...)
880# a(add), A(del) # action expr (added del by line)
881# + b(add), B(del) # break [line] (was b,D)
882# + w(add), W(del) # watch expr (was W,W)
883# # added del by expr
884# + h(summary), h h(long) # help (hh) (was h h,h)
885# + m(methods), M(modules) # ... (was m,v)
886# + o(option) # lc (was O)
887# + v(view code), V(view Variables) # ... (was w,V)
888# Changes: 1.18: Mar 17, 2002 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
889# + fixed missing cmd_O bug
890# Changes: 1.19: Mar 29, 2002 Spider Boardman
891# + Added missing local()s -- DB::DB is called recursively.
892# Changes: 1.20: Feb 17, 2003 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
893# + pre'n'post commands no longer trashed with no args
894# + watch val joined out of eval()
895# Changes: 1.21: Jun 04, 2002 Joe McMahon (mcmahon@ibiblio.org)
896# + Added comments and reformatted source. No bug fixes/enhancements.
897# + Includes cleanup by Robin Barker and Jarkko Hietaniemi.
898
899####################################################################
900
901=head1 DEBUGGER INITIALIZATION
902
903The debugger starts up in phases.
904
905=head2 BASIC SETUP
906
907First, it initializes the environment it wants to run in: turning off
908warnings during its own compilation, defining variables which it will need
909to avoid warnings later, setting itself up to not exit when the program
910terminates, and defaulting to printing return values for the C<r> command.
911
912=cut
913
914# Needed for the statement after exec():
915#
916# This BEGIN block is simply used to switch off warnings during debugger
917# compiliation. Probably it would be better practice to fix the warnings,
918# but this is how it's done at the moment.
919
920BEGIN {
921 $ini_warn = $^W;
922 $^W = 0;
923} # Switch compilation warnings off until another BEGIN.
924
925local ($^W) = 0; # Switch run-time warnings off during init.
926
927# This would probably be better done with "use vars", but that wasn't around
928# when this code was originally written. (Neither was "use strict".) And on
929# the principle of not fiddling with something that was working, this was
930# left alone.
931warn( # Do not ;-)
932 # These variables control the execution of 'dumpvar.pl'.
933 $dumpvar::hashDepth,
934 $dumpvar::arrayDepth,
935 $dumpvar::dumpDBFiles,
936 $dumpvar::dumpPackages,
937 $dumpvar::quoteHighBit,
938 $dumpvar::printUndef,
939 $dumpvar::globPrint,
940 $dumpvar::usageOnly,
941
942 # used to save @ARGV and extract any debugger-related flags.
943 @ARGS,
944
945 # used to control die() reporting in diesignal()
946 $Carp::CarpLevel,
947
948 # used to prevent multiple entries to diesignal()
949 # (if for instance diesignal() itself dies)
950 $panic,
951
952 # used to prevent the debugger from running nonstop
953 # after a restart
954 $second_time,
955 )
956 if 0;
957
958# Command-line + PERLLIB:
959# Save the contents of @INC before they are modified elsewhere.
960@ini_INC = @INC;
961
962# This was an attempt to clear out the previous values of various
963# trapped errors. Apparently it didn't help. XXX More info needed!
964# $prevwarn = $prevdie = $prevbus = $prevsegv = ''; # Does not help?!
965
966# We set these variables to safe values. We don't want to blindly turn
967# off warnings, because other packages may still want them.
968$trace = $signal = $single = 0; # Uninitialized warning suppression
969 # (local $^W cannot help - other packages!).
970
971# Default to not exiting when program finishes; print the return
972# value when the 'r' command is used to return from a subroutine.
973$inhibit_exit = $option{PrintRet} = 1;
974
975=head1 OPTION PROCESSING
976
977The debugger's options are actually spread out over the debugger itself and
978C<dumpvar.pl>; some of these are variables to be set, while others are
979subs to be called with a value. To try to make this a little easier to
980manage, the debugger uses a few data structures to define what options
981are legal and how they are to be processed.
982
983First, the C<@options> array defines the I<names> of all the options that
984are to be accepted.
985
986=cut
987
988@options = qw(
989 CommandSet
990 hashDepth arrayDepth dumpDepth
991 DumpDBFiles DumpPackages DumpReused
992 compactDump veryCompact quote
993 HighBit undefPrint globPrint
994 PrintRet UsageOnly frame
995 AutoTrace TTY noTTY
996 ReadLine NonStop LineInfo
997 maxTraceLen recallCommand ShellBang
998 pager tkRunning ornaments
999 signalLevel warnLevel dieLevel
1000 inhibit_exit ImmediateStop bareStringify
1001 CreateTTY RemotePort windowSize
1002 );
1003
1004=pod
1005
1006Second, C<optionVars> lists the variables that each option uses to save its
1007state.
1008
1009=cut
1010
1011%optionVars = (
1012 hashDepth => \$dumpvar::hashDepth,
1013 arrayDepth => \$dumpvar::arrayDepth,
1014 CommandSet => \$CommandSet,
1015 DumpDBFiles => \$dumpvar::dumpDBFiles,
1016 DumpPackages => \$dumpvar::dumpPackages,
1017 DumpReused => \$dumpvar::dumpReused,
1018 HighBit => \$dumpvar::quoteHighBit,
1019 undefPrint => \$dumpvar::printUndef,
1020 globPrint => \$dumpvar::globPrint,
1021 UsageOnly => \$dumpvar::usageOnly,
1022 CreateTTY => \$CreateTTY,
1023 bareStringify => \$dumpvar::bareStringify,
1024 frame => \$frame,
1025 AutoTrace => \$trace,
1026 inhibit_exit => \$inhibit_exit,
1027 maxTraceLen => \$maxtrace,
1028 ImmediateStop => \$ImmediateStop,
1029 RemotePort => \$remoteport,
1030 windowSize => \$window,
1031 );
1032
1033=pod
1034
1035Third, C<%optionAction> defines the subroutine to be called to process each
1036option.
1037
1038=cut
1039
1040%optionAction = (
1041 compactDump => \&dumpvar::compactDump,
1042 veryCompact => \&dumpvar::veryCompact,
1043 quote => \&dumpvar::quote,
1044 TTY => \&TTY,
1045 noTTY => \&noTTY,
1046 ReadLine => \&ReadLine,
1047 NonStop => \&NonStop,
1048 LineInfo => \&LineInfo,
1049 recallCommand => \&recallCommand,
1050 ShellBang => \&shellBang,
1051 pager => \&pager,
1052 signalLevel => \&signalLevel,
1053 warnLevel => \&warnLevel,
1054 dieLevel => \&dieLevel,
1055 tkRunning => \&tkRunning,
1056 ornaments => \&ornaments,
1057 RemotePort => \&RemotePort,
1058 );
1059
1060=pod
1061
1062Last, the C<%optionRequire> notes modules that must be C<require>d if an
1063option is used.
1064
1065=cut
1066
1067# Note that this list is not complete: several options not listed here
1068# actually require that dumpvar.pl be loaded for them to work, but are
1069# not in the table. A subsequent patch will correct this problem; for
1070# the moment, we're just recommenting, and we are NOT going to change
1071# function.
1072%optionRequire = (
1073 compactDump => 'dumpvar.pl',
1074 veryCompact => 'dumpvar.pl',
1075 quote => 'dumpvar.pl',
1076 );
1077
1078=pod
1079
1080There are a number of initialization-related variables which can be set
1081by putting code to set them in a BEGIN block in the C<PERL5DB> environment
1082variable. These are:
1083
1084=over 4
1085
1086=item C<$rl> - readline control XXX needs more explanation
1087
1088=item C<$warnLevel> - whether or not debugger takes over warning handling
1089
1090=item C<$dieLevel> - whether or not debugger takes over die handling
1091
1092=item C<$signalLevel> - whether or not debugger takes over signal handling
1093
1094=item C<$pre> - preprompt actions (array reference)
1095
1096=item C<$post> - postprompt actions (array reference)
1097
1098=item C<$pretype>
1099
1100=item C<$CreateTTY> - whether or not to create a new TTY for this debugger
1101
1102=item C<$CommandSet> - which command set to use (defaults to new, documented set)
1103
1104=back
1105
1106=cut
1107
1108# These guys may be defined in $ENV{PERL5DB} :
1109$rl = 1 unless defined $rl;
1110$warnLevel = 1 unless defined $warnLevel;
1111$dieLevel = 1 unless defined $dieLevel;
1112$signalLevel = 1 unless defined $signalLevel;
1113$pre = [] unless defined $pre;
1114$post = [] unless defined $post;
1115$pretype = [] unless defined $pretype;
1116$CreateTTY = 3 unless defined $CreateTTY;
1117$CommandSet = '580' unless defined $CommandSet;
1118
1119=pod
1120
1121The default C<die>, C<warn>, and C<signal> handlers are set up.
1122
1123=cut
1124
1125warnLevel($warnLevel);
1126dieLevel($dieLevel);
1127signalLevel($signalLevel);
1128
1129=pod
1130
1131The pager to be used is needed next. We try to get it from the
1132environment first. if it's not defined there, we try to find it in
1133the Perl C<Config.pm>. If it's not there, we default to C<more>. We
1134then call the C<pager()> function to save the pager name.
1135
1136=cut
1137
1138# This routine makes sure $pager is set up so that '|' can use it.
1139pager(
1140 # If PAGER is defined in the environment, use it.
1141 defined $ENV{PAGER}
1142 ? $ENV{PAGER}
1143
1144 # If not, see if Config.pm defines it.
1145 : eval { require Config } && defined $Config::Config{pager}
1146 ? $Config::Config{pager}
1147
1148 # If not, fall back to 'more'.
1149 : 'more'
1150 )
1151 unless defined $pager;
1152
1153=pod
1154
1155We set up the command to be used to access the man pages, the command
1156recall character ("!" unless otherwise defined) and the shell escape
1157character ("!" unless otherwise defined). Yes, these do conflict, and
1158neither works in the debugger at the moment.
1159
1160=cut
1161
1162setman();
1163
1164# Set up defaults for command recall and shell escape (note:
1165# these currently don't work in linemode debugging).
1166&recallCommand("!") unless defined $prc;
1167&shellBang("!") unless defined $psh;
1168
1169=pod
1170
1171We then set up the gigantic string containing the debugger help.
1172We also set the limit on the number of arguments we'll display during a
1173trace.
1174
1175=cut
1176
1177sethelp();
1178
1179# If we didn't get a default for the length of eval/stack trace args,
1180# set it here.
1181$maxtrace = 400 unless defined $maxtrace;
1182
1183=head2 SETTING UP THE DEBUGGER GREETING
1184
1185The debugger 'greeting' helps to inform the user how many debuggers are
1186running, and whether the current debugger is the primary or a child.
1187
1188If we are the primary, we just hang onto our pid so we'll have it when
1189or if we start a child debugger. If we are a child, we'll set things up
1190so we'll have a unique greeting and so the parent will give us our own
1191TTY later.
1192
1193We save the current contents of the C<PERLDB_PIDS> environment variable
1194because we mess around with it. We'll also need to hang onto it because
1195we'll need it if we restart.
1196
1197Child debuggers make a label out of the current PID structure recorded in
1198PERLDB_PIDS plus the new PID. They also mark themselves as not having a TTY
1199yet so the parent will give them one later via C<resetterm()>.
1200
1201=cut
1202
1203# Save the current contents of the environment; we're about to
1204# much with it. We'll need this if we have to restart.
1205$ini_pids = $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS};
1206
1207if (defined $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS}) {
1208 # We're a child. Make us a label out of the current PID structure
1209 # recorded in PERLDB_PIDS plus our (new) PID. Mark us as not having
1210 # a term yet so the parent will give us one later via resetterm().
1211 $pids = "[$ENV{PERLDB_PIDS}]";
1212 $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} .= "->$$";
1213 $term_pid = -1;
1214} ## end if (defined $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS...
1215else {
1216 # We're the parent PID. Initialize PERLDB_PID in case we end up with a
1217 # child debugger, and mark us as the parent, so we'll know to set up
1218 # more TTY's is we have to.
1219 $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} = "$$";
1220 $pids = "{pid=$$}";
1221 $term_pid = $$;
1222}
1223
1224$pidprompt = '';
1225
1226# Sets up $emacs as a synonym for $slave_editor.
1227*emacs = $slave_editor if $slave_editor; # May be used in afterinit()...
1228
1229=head2 READING THE RC FILE
1230
1231The debugger will read a file of initialization options if supplied. If
1232running interactively, this is C<.perldb>; if not, it's C<perldb.ini>.
1233
1234=cut
1235
1236# As noted, this test really doesn't check accurately that the debugger
1237# is running at a terminal or not.
1238if (-e "/dev/tty") { # this is the wrong metric!
1239 $rcfile = ".perldb";
1240}
1241else {
1242 $rcfile = "perldb.ini";
1243}
1244
1245=pod
1246
1247The debugger does a safety test of the file to be read. It must be owned
1248either by the current user or root, and must only be writable by the owner.
1249
1250=cut
1251
1252# This wraps a safety test around "do" to read and evaluate the init file.
1253#
1254# This isn't really safe, because there's a race
1255# between checking and opening. The solution is to
1256# open and fstat the handle, but then you have to read and
1257# eval the contents. But then the silly thing gets
1258# your lexical scope, which is unfortunate at best.
1259sub safe_do {
1260 my $file = shift;
1261
1262 # Just exactly what part of the word "CORE::" don't you understand?
1263 local $SIG{__WARN__};
1264 local $SIG{__DIE__};
1265
1266 unless (is_safe_file($file)) {
1267 CORE::warn <<EO_GRIPE;
1268perldb: Must not source insecure rcfile $file.
1269 You or the superuser must be the owner, and it must not
1270 be writable by anyone but its owner.
1271EO_GRIPE
1272 return;
1273 } ## end unless (is_safe_file($file...
1274
1275 do $file;
1276 CORE::warn("perldb: couldn't parse $file: $@") if $@;
1277} ## end sub safe_do
1278
1279# This is the safety test itself.
1280#
1281# Verifies that owner is either real user or superuser and that no
1282# one but owner may write to it. This function is of limited use
1283# when called on a path instead of upon a handle, because there are
1284# no guarantees that filename (by dirent) whose file (by ino) is
1285# eventually accessed is the same as the one tested.
1286# Assumes that the file's existence is not in doubt.
1287sub is_safe_file {
1288 my $path = shift;
1289 stat($path) || return; # mysteriously vaporized
1290 my ($dev, $ino, $mode, $nlink, $uid, $gid) = stat(_);
1291
1292 return 0 if $uid != 0 && $uid != $<;
1293 return 0 if $mode & 022;
1294 return 1;
1295} ## end sub is_safe_file
1296
1297# If the rcfile (whichever one we decided was the right one to read)
1298# exists, we safely do it.
1299if (-f $rcfile) {
1300 safe_do("./$rcfile");
1301}
1302# If there isn't one here, try the user's home directory.
1303elsif (defined $ENV{HOME} && -f "$ENV{HOME}/$rcfile") {
1304 safe_do("$ENV{HOME}/$rcfile");
1305}
1306# Else try the login directory.
1307elsif (defined $ENV{LOGDIR} && -f "$ENV{LOGDIR}/$rcfile") {
1308 safe_do("$ENV{LOGDIR}/$rcfile");
1309}
1310
1311# If the PERLDB_OPTS variable has options in it, parse those out next.
1312if (defined $ENV{PERLDB_OPTS}) {
1313 parse_options($ENV{PERLDB_OPTS});
1314}
1315
1316=pod
1317
1318The last thing we do during initialization is determine which subroutine is
1319to be used to obtain a new terminal when a new debugger is started. Right now,
1320the debugger only handles X Windows and OS/2.
1321
1322=cut
1323
1324# Set up the get_fork_TTY subroutine to be aliased to the proper routine.
1325# Works if you're running an xterm or xterm-like window, or you're on
1326# OS/2. This may need some expansion: for instance, this doesn't handle
1327# OS X Terminal windows.
1328
1329if (not defined &get_fork_TTY # no routine exists,
1330 and defined $ENV{TERM} # and we know what kind
1331 # of terminal this is,
1332 and $ENV{TERM} eq 'xterm' # and it's an xterm,
1333 and defined $ENV{WINDOWID} # and we know what
1334 # window this is,
1335 and defined $ENV{DISPLAY}) # and what display it's
1336 # on,
1337{
1338 *get_fork_TTY = \&xterm_get_fork_TTY; # use the xterm version
1339} ## end if (not defined &get_fork_TTY...
1340elsif ($^O eq 'os2') { # If this is OS/2,
1341 *get_fork_TTY = \&os2_get_fork_TTY; # use the OS/2 version
1342}
1343
1344# "Here begin the unreadable code. It needs fixing."
1345
1346=head2 RESTART PROCESSING
1347
1348This section handles the restart command. When the C<R> command is invoked, it
1349tries to capture all of the state it can into environment variables, and
1350then sets C<PERLDB_RESTART>. When we start executing again, we check to see
1351if C<PERLDB_RESTART> is there; if so, we reload all the information that
1352the R command stuffed into the environment variables.
1353
1354 PERLDB_RESTART - flag only, contains no restart data itself.
1355 PERLDB_HIST - command history, if it's available
1356 PERLDB_ON_LOAD - breakpoints set by the rc file
1357 PERLDB_POSTPONE - subs that have been loaded/not executed, and have actions
1358 PERLDB_VISITED - files that had breakpoints
1359 PERLDB_FILE_... - breakpoints for a file
1360 PERLDB_OPT - active options
1361 PERLDB_INC - the original @INC
1362 PERLDB_PRETYPE - preprompt debugger actions
1363 PERLDB_PRE - preprompt Perl code
1364 PERLDB_POST - post-prompt Perl code
1365 PERLDB_TYPEAHEAD - typeahead captured by readline()
1366
1367We chug through all these variables and plug the values saved in them
1368back into the appropriate spots in the debugger.
1369
1370=cut
1371
1372if (exists $ENV{PERLDB_RESTART}) {
1373 # We're restarting, so we don't need the flag that says to restart anymore.
1374 delete $ENV{PERLDB_RESTART};
1375 # $restart = 1;
1376 @hist = get_list('PERLDB_HIST');
1377 %break_on_load = get_list("PERLDB_ON_LOAD");
1378 %postponed = get_list("PERLDB_POSTPONE");
1379
1380 # restore breakpoints/actions
1381 my @had_breakpoints = get_list("PERLDB_VISITED");
1382 for (0 .. $#had_breakpoints) {
1383 my %pf = get_list("PERLDB_FILE_$_");
1384 $postponed_file{ $had_breakpoints[$_] } = \%pf if %pf;
1385 }
1386
1387 # restore options
1388 my %opt = get_list("PERLDB_OPT");
1389 my ($opt, $val);
1390 while (($opt, $val) = each %opt) {
1391 $val =~ s/[\\\']/\\$1/g;
1392 parse_options("$opt'$val'");
1393 }
1394
1395 # restore original @INC
1396 @INC = get_list("PERLDB_INC");
1397 @ini_INC = @INC;
1398
1399 # return pre/postprompt actions and typeahead buffer
1400 $pretype = [get_list("PERLDB_PRETYPE")];
1401 $pre = [get_list("PERLDB_PRE")];
1402 $post = [get_list("PERLDB_POST")];
1403 @typeahead = get_list("PERLDB_TYPEAHEAD", @typeahead);
1404} ## end if (exists $ENV{PERLDB_RESTART...
1405
1406=head2 SETTING UP THE TERMINAL
1407
1408Now, we'll decide how the debugger is going to interact with the user.
1409If there's no TTY, we set the debugger to run non-stop; there's not going
1410to be anyone there to enter commands.
1411
1412=cut
1413
1414if ($notty) {
1415 $runnonstop = 1;
1416}
1417
1418=pod
1419
1420If there is a TTY, we have to determine who it belongs to before we can
1421proceed. If this is a slave editor or graphical debugger (denoted by
1422the first command-line switch being '-emacs'), we shift this off and
1423set C<$rl> to 0 (XXX ostensibly to do straight reads).
1424
1425=cut
1426
1427else {
1428 # Is Perl being run from a slave editor or graphical debugger?
1429 # If so, don't use readline, and set $slave_editor = 1.
1430 $slave_editor =
1431 ((defined $main::ARGV[0]) and ($main::ARGV[0] eq '-emacs'));
1432 $rl = 0, shift (@main::ARGV) if $slave_editor;
1433 #require Term::ReadLine;
1434
1435=pod
1436
1437We then determine what the console should be on various systems:
1438
1439=over 4
1440
1441=item * Cygwin - We use C<stdin> instead of a separate device.
1442
1443=cut
1444
1445
1446 if ($^O eq 'cygwin') {
1447 # /dev/tty is binary. use stdin for textmode
1448 undef $console;
1449 }
1450
1451=item * Unix - use C</dev/tty>.
1452
1453=cut
1454
1455 elsif (-e "/dev/tty") {
1456 $console = "/dev/tty";
1457 }
1458
1459=item * Windows or MSDOS - use C<con>.
1460
1461=cut
1462
1463 elsif ($^O eq 'dos' or -e "con" or $^O eq 'MSWin32') {
1464 $console = "con";
1465 }
1466
1467=item * MacOS - use C<Dev:Console:Perl Debug> if this is the MPW version; C<Dev:
1468Console> if not. (Note that Mac OS X returns 'darwin', not 'MacOS'. Also note that the debugger doesn't do anything special for 'darwin'. Maybe it should.)
1469
1470=cut
1471
1472 elsif ($^O eq 'MacOS') {
1473 if ($MacPerl::Version !~ /MPW/) {
1474 $console =
1475 "Dev:Console:Perl Debug"; # Separate window for application
1476 }
1477 else {
1478 $console = "Dev:Console";
1479 }
1480 } ## end elsif ($^O eq 'MacOS')
1481
1482=item * VMS - use C<sys$command>.
1483
1484=cut
1485
1486 else {
1487 # everything else is ...
1488 $console = "sys\$command";
1489 }
1490
1491=pod
1492
1493=back
1494
1495Several other systems don't use a specific console. We C<undef $console>
1496for those (Windows using a slave editor/graphical debugger, NetWare, OS/2
1497with a slave editor, Epoc).
1498
1499=cut
1500
1501 if (($^O eq 'MSWin32') and ($slave_editor or defined $ENV{EMACS})) {
1502 # /dev/tty is binary. use stdin for textmode
1503 $console = undef;
1504 }
1505
1506 if ($^O eq 'NetWare') {
1507 # /dev/tty is binary. use stdin for textmode
1508 $console = undef;
1509 }
1510
1511 # In OS/2, we need to use STDIN to get textmode too, even though
1512 # it pretty much looks like Unix otherwise.
1513 if (defined $ENV{OS2_SHELL} and ($slave_editor or $ENV{WINDOWID}))
1514 { # In OS/2
1515 $console = undef;
1516 }
1517 # EPOC also falls into the 'got to use STDIN' camp.
1518 if ($^O eq 'epoc') {
1519 $console = undef;
1520 }
1521
1522=pod
1523
1524If there is a TTY hanging around from a parent, we use that as the console.
1525
1526=cut
1527
1528 $console = $tty if defined $tty;
1529
1530=head2 SOCKET HANDLING
1531
1532The debugger is capable of opening a socket and carrying out a debugging
1533session over the socket.
1534
1535If C<RemotePort> was defined in the options, the debugger assumes that it
1536should try to start a debugging session on that port. It builds the socket
1537and then tries to connect the input and output filehandles to it.
1538
1539=cut
1540
1541 # Handle socket stuff.
1542 if (defined $remoteport) {
1543 # If RemotePort was defined in the options, connect input and output
1544 # to the socket.
1545 require IO::Socket;
1546 $OUT = new IO::Socket::INET(
1547 Timeout => '10',
1548 PeerAddr => $remoteport,
1549 Proto => 'tcp',
1550 );
1551 if (!$OUT) { die "Unable to connect to remote host: $remoteport\n"; }
1552 $IN = $OUT;
1553 } ## end if (defined $remoteport)
1554
1555=pod
1556
1557If no C<RemotePort> was defined, and we want to create a TTY on startup,
1558this is probably a situation where multiple debuggers are running (for example,
1559a backticked command that starts up another debugger). We create a new IN and
1560OUT filehandle, and do the necessary mojo to create a new TTY if we know how
1561and if we can.
1562
1563=cut
1564
1565 # Non-socket.
1566 else {
1567 # Two debuggers running (probably a system or a backtick that invokes
1568 # the debugger itself under the running one). create a new IN and OUT
1569 # filehandle, and do the necessary mojo to create a new tty if we
1570 # know how, and we can.
1571 create_IN_OUT(4) if $CreateTTY & 4;
1572 if ($console) {
1573 # If we have a console, check to see if there are separate ins and
1574 # outs to open. (They are assumed identiical if not.)
1575 my ($i, $o) = split /,/, $console;
1576 $o = $i unless defined $o;
1577
1578 # read/write on in, or just read, or read on STDIN.
1579 open(IN, "+<$i") ||
1580 open(IN, "<$i") ||
1581 open(IN, "<&STDIN");
1582
1583 # read/write/create/clobber out, or write/create/clobber out,
1584 # or merge with STDERR, or merge with STDOUT.
1585 open(OUT, "+>$o") ||
1586 open(OUT, ">$o") ||
1587 open(OUT, ">&STDERR") ||
1588 open(OUT, ">&STDOUT"); # so we don't dongle stdout
1589
1590 } ## end if ($console)
1591 elsif (not defined $console) {
1592 # No console. Open STDIN.
1593 open(IN, "<&STDIN");
1594
1595 # merge with STDERR, or with STDOUT.
1596 open(OUT, ">&STDERR") ||
1597 open(OUT, ">&STDOUT"); # so we don't dongle stdout
1598
1599 $console = 'STDIN/OUT';
1600 } ## end elsif (not defined $console)
1601
1602 # Keep copies of the filehandles so that when the pager runs, it
1603 # can close standard input without clobbering ours.
1604 $IN = \*IN, $OUT = \*OUT if $console or not defined $console;
1605 } ## end elsif (from if(defined $remoteport))
1606
1607 # Unbuffer DB::OUT. We need to see responses right away.
1608 my $previous = select($OUT);
1609 $| = 1; # for DB::OUT
1610 select($previous);
1611
1612 # Line info goes to debugger output unless pointed elsewhere.
1613 # Pointing elsewhere makes it possible for slave editors to
1614 # keep track of file and position. We have both a filehandle
1615 # and a I/O description to keep track of.
1616 $LINEINFO = $OUT unless defined $LINEINFO;
1617 $lineinfo = $console unless defined $lineinfo;
1618
1619=pod
1620
1621To finish initialization, we show the debugger greeting,
1622and then call the C<afterinit()> subroutine if there is one.
1623
1624=cut
1625
1626 # Show the debugger greeting.
1627 $header =~ s/.Header: ([^,]+),v(\s+\S+\s+\S+).*$/$1$2/;
1628 unless ($runnonstop) {
1629 local $\ = '';
1630 local $, = '';
1631 if ($term_pid eq '-1') {
1632 print $OUT "\nDaughter DB session started...\n";
1633 }
1634 else {
1635 print $OUT "\nLoading DB routines from $header\n";
1636 print $OUT (
1637 "Editor support ",
1638 $slave_editor ? "enabled" : "available", ".\n"
1639 );
1640 print $OUT
1641"\nEnter h or `h h' for help, or `$doccmd perldebug' for more help.\n\n";
1642 } ## end else [ if ($term_pid eq '-1')
1643 } ## end unless ($runnonstop)
1644} ## end else [ if ($notty)
1645
1646# XXX This looks like a bug to me.
1647# Why copy to @ARGS and then futz with @args?
1648@ARGS = @ARGV;
1649for (@args) {
1650 # Make sure backslashes before single quotes are stripped out, and
1651 # keep args unless they are numeric (XXX why?)
1652 s/\'/\\\'/g;
1653 s/(.*)/'$1'/ unless /^-?[\d.]+$/;
1654}
1655
1656# If there was an afterinit() sub defined, call it. It will get
1657# executed in our scope, so it can fiddle with debugger globals.
1658if (defined &afterinit) { # May be defined in $rcfile
1659 &afterinit();
1660}
1661# Inform us about "Stack dump during die enabled ..." in dieLevel().
1662$I_m_init = 1;
1663
1664############################################################ Subroutines
1665
1666=head1 SUBROUTINES
1667
1668=head2 DB
1669
1670This gigantic subroutine is the heart of the debugger. Called before every
1671statement, its job is to determine if a breakpoint has been reached, and
1672stop if so; read commands from the user, parse them, and execute
1673them, and hen send execution off to the next statement.
1674
1675Note that the order in which the commands are processed is very important;
1676some commands earlier in the loop will actually alter the C<$cmd> variable
1677to create other commands to be executed later. This is all highly "optimized"
1678but can be confusing. Check the comments for each C<$cmd ... && do {}> to
1679see what's happening in any given command.
1680
1681=cut
1682
1683sub DB {
1684
1685 # Check for whether we should be running continuously or not.
1686 # _After_ the perl program is compiled, $single is set to 1:
1687 if ($single and not $second_time++) {
1688 # Options say run non-stop. Run until we get an interrupt.
1689 if ($runnonstop) { # Disable until signal
1690 # If there's any call stack in place, turn off single
1691 # stepping into subs throughout the stack.
1692 for ($i = 0 ; $i <= $stack_depth ;) {
1693 $stack[$i++] &= ~1;
1694 }
1695 # And we are now no longer in single-step mode.
1696 $single = 0;
1697
1698 # If we simply returned at this point, we wouldn't get
1699 # the trace info. Fall on through.
1700 # return;
1701 } ## end if ($runnonstop)
1702
1703 elsif ($ImmediateStop) {
1704 # We are supposed to stop here; XXX probably a break.
1705 $ImmediateStop = 0; # We've processed it; turn it off
1706 $signal = 1; # Simulate an interrupt to force
1707 # us into the command loop
1708 }
1709 } ## end if ($single and not $second_time...
1710
1711 # If we're in single-step mode, or an interrupt (real or fake)
1712 # has occurred, turn off non-stop mode.
1713 $runnonstop = 0 if $single or $signal;
1714
1715 # Preserve current values of $@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W.
1716 # The code being debugged may have altered them.
1717 &save;
1718
1719 # Since DB::DB gets called after every line, we can use caller() to
1720 # figure out where we last were executing. Sneaky, eh? This works because
1721 # caller is returning all the extra information when called from the
1722 # debugger.
1723 local ($package, $filename, $line) = caller;
1724 local $filename_ini = $filename;
1725
1726 # set up the context for DB::eval, so it can properly execute
1727 # code on behalf of the user. We add the package in so that the
1728 # code is eval'ed in the proper package (not in the debugger!).
1729 local $usercontext =
1730 '($@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W) = @saved;' .
1731 "package $package;";
1732
1733 # Create an alias to the active file magical array to simplify
1734 # the code here.
1735 local (*dbline) = $main::{ '_<' . $filename };
1736
1737 # we need to check for pseudofiles on Mac OS (these are files
1738 # not attached to a filename, but instead stored in Dev:Pseudo)
1739 if ($^O eq 'MacOS' && $#dbline < 0) {
1740 $filename_ini = $filename = 'Dev:Pseudo';
1741 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $filename };
1742 }
1743
1744 # Last line in the program.
1745 local $max = $#dbline;
1746
1747 # if we have something here, see if we should break.
1748 if ($dbline{$line} && (($stop, $action) = split (/\0/, $dbline{$line}))) {
1749 # Stop if the stop criterion says to just stop.
1750 if ($stop eq '1') {
1751 $signal |= 1;
1752 }
1753 # It's a conditional stop; eval it in the user's context and
1754 # see if we should stop. If so, remove the one-time sigil.
1755 elsif ($stop) {
1756 $evalarg = "\$DB::signal |= 1 if do {$stop}";
1757 &eval;
1758 $dbline{$line} =~ s/;9($|\0)/$1/;
1759 }
1760 } ## end if ($dbline{$line} && ...
1761
1762 # Preserve the current stop-or-not, and see if any of the W
1763 # (watch expressions) has changed.
1764 my $was_signal = $signal;
1765
1766 # If we have any watch expressions ...
1767 if ($trace & 2) {
1768 for (my $n = 0 ; $n <= $#to_watch ; $n++) {
1769 $evalarg = $to_watch[$n];
1770 local $onetimeDump; # Tell DB::eval() to not output results
1771
1772 # Fix context DB::eval() wants to return an array, but
1773 # we need a scalar here.
1774 my ($val) =
1775 join ( "', '", &eval );
1776 $val = ((defined $val) ? "'$val'" : 'undef');
1777
1778 # Did it change?
1779 if ($val ne $old_watch[$n]) {
1780 # Yep! Show the difference, and fake an interrupt.
1781 $signal = 1;
1782 print $OUT <<EOP;
1783Watchpoint $n:\t$to_watch[$n] changed:
1784 old value:\t$old_watch[$n]
1785 new value:\t$val
1786EOP
1787 $old_watch[$n] = $val;
1788 } ## end if ($val ne $old_watch...
1789 } ## end for (my $n = 0 ; $n <= ...
1790 } ## end if ($trace & 2)
1791
1792=head2 C<watchfunction()>
1793
1794C<watchfunction()> is a function that can be defined by the user; it is a
1795function which will be run on each entry to C<DB::DB>; it gets the
1796current package, filename, and line as its parameters.
1797
1798The watchfunction can do anything it likes; it is executing in the
1799debugger's context, so it has access to all of the debugger's internal
1800data structures and functions.
1801
1802C<watchfunction()> can control the debugger's actions. Any of the following
1803will cause the debugger to return control to the user's program after
1804C<watchfunction()> executes:
1805
1806=over 4
1807
1808=item * Returning a false value from the C<watchfunction()> itself.
1809
1810=item * Altering C<$single> to a false value.
1811
1812=item * Altering C<$signal> to a false value.
1813
1814=item * Turning off the '4' bit in C<$trace> (this also disables the
1815check for C<watchfunction()>. This can be done with
1816
1817 $trace &= ~4;
1818
1819=back
1820
1821=cut
1822
1823 # If there's a user-defined DB::watchfunction, call it with the
1824 # current package, filename, and line. The function executes in
1825 # the DB:: package.
1826 if ($trace & 4) { # User-installed watch
1827 return
1828 if watchfunction($package, $filename, $line)
1829 and not $single
1830 and not $was_signal
1831 and not($trace & ~4);
1832 } ## end if ($trace & 4)
1833
1834
1835 # Pick up any alteration to $signal in the watchfunction, and
1836 # turn off the signal now.
1837 $was_signal = $signal;
1838 $signal = 0;
1839
1840=head2 GETTING READY TO EXECUTE COMMANDS
1841
1842The debugger decides to take control if single-step mode is on, the
1843C<t> command was entered, or the user generated a signal. If the program
1844has fallen off the end, we set things up so that entering further commands
1845won't cause trouble, and we say that the program is over.
1846
1847=cut
1848
1849 # Check to see if we should grab control ($single true,
1850 # trace set appropriately, or we got a signal).
1851 if ($single || ($trace & 1) || $was_signal) {
1852 # Yes, grab control.
1853 if ($slave_editor) {
1854 # Tell the editor to update its position.
1855 $position = "\032\032$filename:$line:0\n";
1856 print_lineinfo($position);
1857 }
1858
1859=pod
1860
1861Special check: if we're in package C<DB::fake>, we've gone through the
1862C<END> block at least once. We set up everything so that we can continue
1863to enter commands and have a valid context to be in.
1864
1865=cut
1866
1867 elsif ($package eq 'DB::fake') {
1868 # Fallen off the end already.
1869 $term || &setterm;
1870 print_help(<<EOP);
1871Debugged program terminated. Use B<q> to quit or B<R> to restart,
1872 use B<O> I<inhibit_exit> to avoid stopping after program termination,
1873 B<h q>, B<h R> or B<h O> to get additional info.
1874EOP
1875
1876 # Set the DB::eval context appropriately.
1877 $package = 'main';
1878 $usercontext =
1879 '($@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W) = @saved;' .
1880 "package $package;"; # this won't let them modify, alas
1881 } ## end elsif ($package eq 'DB::fake')
1882
1883=pod
1884
1885If the program hasn't finished executing, we scan forward to the
1886next executable line, print that out, build the prompt from the file and line
1887number information, and print that.
1888
1889=cut
1890
1891 else {
1892 # Still somewhere in the midst of execution. Set up the
1893 # debugger prompt.
1894 $sub =~ s/\'/::/; # Swap Perl 4 package separators (') to
1895 # Perl 5 ones (sorry, we don't print Klingon
1896 #module names)
1897
1898 $prefix = $sub =~ /::/ ? "" : "${'package'}::";
1899 $prefix .= "$sub($filename:";
1900 $after = ($dbline[$line] =~ /\n$/ ? '' : "\n");
1901
1902 # Break up the prompt if it's really long.
1903 if (length($prefix) > 30) {
1904 $position = "$prefix$line):\n$line:\t$dbline[$line]$after";
1905 $prefix = "";
1906 $infix = ":\t";
1907 }
1908 else {
1909 $infix = "):\t";
1910 $position = "$prefix$line$infix$dbline[$line]$after";
1911 }
1912
1913 # Print current line info, indenting if necessary.
1914 if ($frame) {
1915 print_lineinfo(' ' x $stack_depth,
1916 "$line:\t$dbline[$line]$after");
1917 }
1918 else {
1919 print_lineinfo($position);
1920 }
1921
1922 # Scan forward, stopping at either the end or the next
1923 # unbreakable line.
1924 for ($i = $line + 1 ; $i <= $max && $dbline[$i] == 0 ; ++$i)
1925 { #{ vi
1926
1927 # Drop out on null statements, block closers, and comments.
1928 last if $dbline[$i] =~ /^\s*[\;\}\#\n]/;
1929
1930 # Drop out if the user interrupted us.
1931 last if $signal;
1932
1933 # Append a newline if the line doesn't have one. Can happen
1934 # in eval'ed text, for instance.
1935 $after = ($dbline[$i] =~ /\n$/ ? '' : "\n");
1936
1937 # Next executable line.
1938 $incr_pos = "$prefix$i$infix$dbline[$i]$after";
1939 $position .= $incr_pos;
1940 if ($frame) {
1941 # Print it indented if tracing is on.
1942 print_lineinfo(' ' x $stack_depth,
1943 "$i:\t$dbline[$i]$after");
1944 }
1945 else {
1946 print_lineinfo($incr_pos);
1947 }
1948 } ## end for ($i = $line + 1 ; $i...
1949 } ## end else [ if ($slave_editor)
1950 } ## end if ($single || ($trace...
1951
1952=pod
1953
1954If there's an action to be executed for the line we stopped at, execute it.
1955If there are any preprompt actions, execute those as well.
1956
1957=cut
1958
1959 # If there's an action, do it now.
1960 $evalarg = $action, &eval if $action;
1961
1962 # Are we nested another level (e.g., did we evaluate a function
1963 # that had a breakpoint in it at the debugger prompt)?
1964 if ($single || $was_signal) {
1965 # Yes, go down a level.
1966 local $level = $level + 1;
1967
1968 # Do any pre-prompt actions.
1969 foreach $evalarg (@$pre) {
1970 &eval;
1971 }
1972
1973 # Complain about too much recursion if we passed the limit.
1974 print $OUT $stack_depth . " levels deep in subroutine calls!\n"
1975 if $single & 4;
1976
1977 # The line we're currently on. Set $incr to -1 to stay here
1978 # until we get a command that tells us to advance.
1979 $start = $line;
1980 $incr = -1; # for backward motion.
1981
1982 # Tack preprompt debugger actions ahead of any actual input.
1983 @typeahead = (@$pretype, @typeahead);
1984
1985=head2 WHERE ARE WE?
1986
1987XXX Relocate this section?
1988
1989The debugger normally shows the line corresponding to the current line of
1990execution. Sometimes, though, we want to see the next line, or to move elsewhere
1991in the file. This is done via the C<$incr>, C<$start>, and C<$max> variables.
1992
1993C<$incr> controls by how many lines the "current" line should move forward
1994after a command is executed. If set to -1, this indicates that the "current"
1995line shouldn't change.
1996
1997C<$start> is the "current" line. It is used for things like knowing where to
1998move forwards or backwards from when doing an C<L> or C<-> command.
1999
2000C<$max> tells the debugger where the last line of the current file is. It's
2001used to terminate loops most often.
2002
2003=head2 THE COMMAND LOOP
2004
2005Most of C<DB::DB> is actually a command parsing and dispatch loop. It comes
2006in two parts:
2007
2008=over 4
2009
2010=item * The outer part of the loop, starting at the C<CMD> label. This loop
2011reads a command and then executes it.
2012
2013=item * The inner part of the loop, starting at the C<PIPE> label. This part
2014is wholly contained inside the C<CMD> block and only executes a command.
2015Used to handle commands running inside a pager.
2016
2017=back
2018
2019So why have two labels to restart the loop? Because sometimes, it's easier to
2020have a command I<generate> another command and then re-execute the loop to do
2021the new command. This is faster, but perhaps a bit more convoluted.
2022
2023=cut
2024
2025 # The big command dispatch loop. It keeps running until the
2026 # user yields up control again.
2027 #
2028 # If we have a terminal for input, and we get something back
2029 # from readline(), keep on processing.
2030 CMD:
2031 while (
2032 # We have a terminal, or can get one ...
2033 ($term || &setterm),
2034 # ... and it belogs to this PID or we get one for this PID ...
2035 ($term_pid == $$ or resetterm(1)),
2036 # ... and we got a line of command input ...
2037 defined(
2038 $cmd = &readline(
2039 "$pidprompt DB" . ('<' x $level) . ($#hist + 1) .
2040 ('>' x $level) . " "
2041 )
2042 )
2043 )
2044 {
2045 # ... try to execute the input as debugger commands.
2046
2047 # Don't stop running.
2048 $single = 0;
2049
2050 # No signal is active.
2051 $signal = 0;
2052
2053 # Handle continued commands (ending with \):
2054 $cmd =~ s/\\$/\n/ && do {
2055 $cmd .= &readline(" cont: ");
2056 redo CMD;
2057 };
2058
2059=head4 The null command
2060
2061A newline entered by itself means "re-execute the last command". We grab the
2062command out of C<$laststep> (where it was recorded previously), and copy it
2063back into C<$cmd> to be executed below. If there wasn't any previous command,
2064we'll do nothing below (no command will match). If there was, we also save it
2065in the command history and fall through to allow the command parsing to pick
2066it up.
2067
2068=cut
2069
2070 # Empty input means repeat the last command.
2071 $cmd =~ /^$/ && ($cmd = $laststep);
2072 push (@hist, $cmd) if length($cmd) > 1;
2073
2074
2075 # This is a restart point for commands that didn't arrive
2076 # via direct user input. It allows us to 'redo PIPE' to
2077 # re-execute command processing without reading a new command.
2078 PIPE: {
2079 $cmd =~ s/^\s+//s; # trim annoying leading whitespace
2080 $cmd =~ s/\s+$//s; # trim annoying trailing whitespace
2081 ($i) = split (/\s+/, $cmd);
2082
2083=head3 COMMAND ALIASES
2084
2085The debugger can create aliases for commands (these are stored in the
2086C<%alias> hash). Before a command is executed, the command loop looks it up
2087in the alias hash and substitutes the contents of the alias for the command,
2088completely replacing it.
2089
2090=cut
2091
2092 # See if there's an alias for the command, and set it up if so.
2093 if ($alias{$i}) {
2094 # Squelch signal handling; we want to keep control here
2095 # if something goes loco during the alias eval.
2096 local $SIG{__DIE__};
2097 local $SIG{__WARN__};
2098
2099 # This is a command, so we eval it in the DEBUGGER's
2100 # scope! Otherwise, we can't see the special debugger
2101 # variables, or get to the debugger's subs. (Well, we
2102 # _could_, but why make it even more complicated?)
2103 eval "\$cmd =~ $alias{$i}";
2104 if ($@) {
2105 local $\ = '';
2106 print $OUT "Couldn't evaluate `$i' alias: $@";
2107 next CMD;
2108 }
2109 } ## end if ($alias{$i})
2110
2111=head3 MAIN-LINE COMMANDS
2112
2113All of these commands work up to and after the program being debugged has
2114terminated.
2115
2116=head4 C<q> - quit
2117
2118Quit the debugger. This entails setting the C<$fall_off_end> flag, so we don't
2119try to execute further, cleaning any restart-related stuff out of the
2120environment, and executing with the last value of C<$?>.
2121
2122=cut
2123
2124 $cmd =~ /^q$/ && do {
2125 $fall_off_end = 1;
2126 clean_ENV();
2127 exit $?;
2128 };
2129
2130=head4 C<t> - trace
2131
2132Turn tracing on or off. Inverts the appropriate bit in C<$trace> (q.v.).
2133
2134=cut
2135
2136 $cmd =~ /^t$/ && do {
2137 $trace ^= 1;
2138 local $\ = '';
2139 print $OUT "Trace = " . (($trace & 1) ? "on" : "off") .
2140 "\n";
2141 next CMD;
2142 };
2143
2144=head4 C<S> - list subroutines matching/not matching a pattern
2145
2146Walks through C<%sub>, checking to see whether or not to print the name.
2147
2148=cut
2149
2150 $cmd =~ /^S(\s+(!)?(.+))?$/ && do {
2151
2152 $Srev = defined $2; # Reverse scan?
2153 $Spatt = $3; # The pattern (if any) to use.
2154 $Snocheck = !defined $1; # No args - print all subs.
2155
2156 # Need to make these sane here.
2157 local $\ = '';
2158 local $, = '';
2159
2160 # Search through the debugger's magical hash of subs.
2161 # If $nocheck is true, just print the sub name.
2162 # Otherwise, check it against the pattern. We then use
2163 # the XOR trick to reverse the condition as required.
2164 foreach $subname (sort(keys %sub)) {
2165 if ($Snocheck or $Srev ^ ($subname =~ /$Spatt/)) {
2166 print $OUT $subname, "\n";
2167 }
2168 }
2169 next CMD;
2170 };
2171
2172=head4 C<X> - list variables in current package
2173
2174Since the C<V> command actually processes this, just change this to the
2175appropriate C<V> command and fall through.
2176
2177=cut
2178
2179 $cmd =~ s/^X\b/V $package/;
2180
2181=head4 C<V> - list variables
2182
2183Uses C<dumpvar.pl> to dump out the current values for selected variables.
2184
2185=cut
2186
2187 # Bare V commands get the currently-being-debugged package
2188 # added.
2189 $cmd =~ /^V$/ && do {
2190 $cmd = "V $package";
2191 };
2192
2193
2194 # V - show variables in package.
2195 $cmd =~ /^V\b\s*(\S+)\s*(.*)/ && do {
2196 # Save the currently selected filehandle and
2197 # force output to debugger's filehandle (dumpvar
2198 # just does "print" for output).
2199 local ($savout) = select($OUT);
2200
2201 # Grab package name and variables to dump.
2202 $packname = $1;
2203 @vars = split (' ', $2);
2204
2205 # If main::dumpvar isn't here, get it.
2206 do 'dumpvar.pl' unless defined &main::dumpvar;
2207 if (defined &main::dumpvar) {
2208 # We got it. Turn off subroutine entry/exit messages
2209 # for the moment. XXX Why do this to doret?
2210 local $frame = 0;
2211 local $doret = -2;
2212
2213 # must detect sigpipe failures - not catching
2214 # then will cause the debugger to die.
2215 eval {
2216 &main::dumpvar(
2217 $packname,
2218 defined $option{dumpDepth}
2219 ? $option{dumpDepth}
2220 : -1, # assume -1 unless specified
2221 @vars
2222 );
2223 };
2224
2225 # The die doesn't need to include the $@, because
2226 # it will automatically get propagated for us.
2227 if ($@) {
2228 die unless $@ =~ /dumpvar print failed/;
2229 }
2230 } ## end if (defined &main::dumpvar)
2231 else {
2232 # Couldn't load dumpvar.
2233 print $OUT "dumpvar.pl not available.\n";
2234 }
2235 # Restore the output filehandle, and go round again.
2236 select($savout);
2237 next CMD;
2238 };
2239
2240=head4 C<x> - evaluate and print an expression
2241
2242Hands the expression off to C<DB::eval>, setting it up to print the value
2243via C<dumpvar.pl> instead of just printing it directly.
2244
2245=cut
2246
2247 $cmd =~ s/^x\b/ / && do { # Remainder gets done by DB::eval()
2248 $onetimeDump = 'dump'; # main::dumpvar shows the output
2249
2250 # handle special "x 3 blah" syntax XXX propagate
2251 # doc back to special variables.
2252 if ($cmd =~ s/^\s*(\d+)(?=\s)/ /) {
2253 $onetimedumpDepth = $1;
2254 }
2255 };
2256
2257=head4 C<m> - print methods
2258
2259Just uses C<DB::methods> to determine what methods are available.
2260
2261=cut
2262
2263 $cmd =~ s/^m\s+([\w:]+)\s*$/ / && do {
2264 methods($1);
2265 next CMD;
2266 };
2267
2268 # m expr - set up DB::eval to do the work
2269 $cmd =~ s/^m\b/ / && do { # Rest gets done by DB::eval()
2270 $onetimeDump = 'methods'; # method output gets used there
2271 };
2272
2273=head4 C<f> - switch files
2274
2275=cut
2276
2277 $cmd =~ /^f\b\s*(.*)/ && do {
2278 $file = $1;
2279 $file =~ s/\s+$//;
2280
2281 # help for no arguments (old-style was return from sub).
2282 if (!$file) {
2283 print $OUT
2284 "The old f command is now the r command.\n"; # hint
2285 print $OUT "The new f command switches filenames.\n";
2286 next CMD;
2287 } ## end if (!$file)
2288
2289 # if not in magic file list, try a close match.
2290 if (!defined $main::{ '_<' . $file }) {
2291 if (($try) = grep(m#^_<.*$file#, keys %main::)) {
2292 {
2293 $try = substr($try, 2);
2294 print $OUT
2295 "Choosing $try matching `$file':\n";
2296 $file = $try;
2297 }
2298 } ## end if (($try) = grep(m#^_<.*$file#...
2299 } ## end if (!defined $main::{ ...
2300
2301 # If not successfully switched now, we failed.
2302 if (!defined $main::{ '_<' . $file }) {
2303 print $OUT "No file matching `$file' is loaded.\n";
2304 next CMD;
2305 }
2306
2307 # We switched, so switch the debugger internals around.
2308 elsif ($file ne $filename) {
2309 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
2310 $max = $#dbline;
2311 $filename = $file;
2312 $start = 1;
2313 $cmd = "l";
2314 } ## end elsif ($file ne $filename)
2315
2316 # We didn't switch; say we didn't.
2317 else {
2318 print $OUT "Already in $file.\n";
2319 next CMD;
2320 }
2321 };
2322
2323=head4 C<.> - return to last-executed line.
2324
2325We set C<$incr> to -1 to indicate that the debugger shouldn't move ahead,
2326and then we look up the line in the magical C<%dbline> hash.
2327
2328=cut
2329
2330 # . command.
2331 $cmd =~ /^\.$/ && do {
2332 $incr = -1; # stay at current line
2333
2334 # Reset everything to the old location.
2335 $start = $line;
2336 $filename = $filename_ini;
2337 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $filename };
2338 $max = $#dbline;
2339
2340 # Now where are we?
2341 print_lineinfo($position);
2342 next CMD;
2343 };
2344
2345=head4 C<-> - back one window
2346
2347We change C<$start> to be one window back; if we go back past the first line,
2348we set it to be the first line. We ser C<$incr> to put us back at the
2349currently-executing line, and then put a C<l $start +> (list one window from
2350C<$start>) in C<$cmd> to be executed later.
2351
2352=cut
2353
2354 # - - back a window.
2355 $cmd =~ /^-$/ && do {
2356 # back up by a window; go to 1 if back too far.
2357 $start -= $incr + $window + 1;
2358 $start = 1 if $start <= 0;
2359 $incr = $window - 1;
2360
2361 # Generate and execute a "l +" command (handled below).
2362 $cmd = 'l ' . ($start) . '+';
2363 };
2364
2365=head3 PRE-580 COMMANDS VS. NEW COMMANDS: C<a, A, b, B, h, l, L, M, o, O, P, v, w, W, E<lt>, E<lt>E<lt>, {, {{>
2366
2367In Perl 5.8.0, a realignment of the commands was done to fix up a number of
2368problems, most notably that the default case of several commands destroying
2369the user's work in setting watchpoints, actions, etc. We wanted, however, to
2370retain the old commands for those who were used to using them or who preferred
2371them. At this point, we check for the new commands and call C<cmd_wrapper> to
2372deal with them instead of processing them in-line.
2373
2374=cut
2375
2376 # All of these commands were remapped in perl 5.8.0;
2377 # we send them off to the secondary dispatcher (see below).
2378 $cmd =~ /^([aAbBhlLMoOvwW]\b|[<>\{]{1,2})\s*(.*)/so && do {
2379 &cmd_wrapper($1, $2, $line);
2380 next CMD;
2381 };
2382
2383=head4 C<y> - List lexicals in higher scope
2384
2385Uses C<PadWalker> to find the lexicals supplied as arguments in a scope
2386above the current one and then displays then using C<dumpvar.pl>.
2387
2388=cut
2389
2390 $cmd =~ /^y(?:\s+(\d*)\s*(.*))?$/ && do {
2391
2392 # See if we've got the necessary support.
2393 eval { require PadWalker; PadWalker->VERSION(0.08) }
2394 or &warn(
2395 $@ =~ /locate/
2396 ? "PadWalker module not found - please install\n"
2397 : $@
2398 )
2399 and next CMD;
2400
2401 # Load up dumpvar if we don't have it. If we can, that is.
2402 do 'dumpvar.pl' unless defined &main::dumpvar;
2403 defined &main::dumpvar
2404 or print $OUT "dumpvar.pl not available.\n"
2405 and next CMD;
2406
2407 # Got all the modules we need. Find them and print them.
2408 my @vars = split (' ', $2 || '');
2409
2410 # Find the pad.
2411 my $h = eval { PadWalker::peek_my(($1 || 0) + 1) };
2412
2413 # Oops. Can't find it.
2414 $@ and $@ =~ s/ at .*//, &warn($@), next CMD;
2415
2416 # Show the desired vars with dumplex().
2417 my $savout = select($OUT);
2418
2419 # Have dumplex dump the lexicals.
2420 dumpvar::dumplex(
2421 $_,
2422 $h->{$_},
2423 defined $option{dumpDepth} ? $option{dumpDepth} : -1,
2424 @vars
2425 ) for sort keys %$h;
2426 select($savout);
2427 next CMD;
2428 };
2429
2430=head3 COMMANDS NOT WORKING AFTER PROGRAM ENDS
2431
2432All of the commands below this point don't work after the program being
2433debugged has ended. All of them check to see if the program has ended; this
2434allows the commands to be relocated without worrying about a 'line of
2435demarcation' above which commands can be entered anytime, and below which
2436they can't.
2437
2438=head4 C<n> - single step, but don't trace down into subs
2439
2440Done by setting C<$single> to 2, which forces subs to execute straight through
2441when entered (see X<DB::sub>). We also save the C<n> command in C<$laststep>,
2442so a null command knows what to re-execute.
2443
2444=cut
2445
2446 # n - next
2447 $cmd =~ /^n$/ && do {
2448 end_report(), next CMD if $finished and $level <= 1;
2449 # Single step, but don't enter subs.
2450 $single = 2;
2451 # Save for empty command (repeat last).
2452 $laststep = $cmd;
2453 last CMD;
2454 };
2455
2456=head4 C<s> - single-step, entering subs
2457
2458Sets C<$single> to 1, which causes X<DB::sub> to continue tracing inside
2459subs. Also saves C<s> as C<$lastcmd>.
2460
2461=cut
2462
2463 # s - single step.
2464 $cmd =~ /^s$/ && do {
2465 # Get out and restart the command loop if program
2466 # has finished.
2467 end_report(), next CMD if $finished and $level <= 1;
2468 # Single step should enter subs.
2469 $single = 1;
2470 # Save for empty command (repeat last).
2471 $laststep = $cmd;
2472 last CMD;
2473 };
2474
2475=head4 C<c> - run continuously, setting an optional breakpoint
2476
2477Most of the code for this command is taken up with locating the optional
2478breakpoint, which is either a subroutine name or a line number. We set
2479the appropriate one-time-break in C<@dbline> and then turn off single-stepping
2480in this and all call levels above this one.
2481
2482=cut
2483
2484 # c - start continuous execution.
2485 $cmd =~ /^c\b\s*([\w:]*)\s*$/ && do {
2486 # Hey, show's over. The debugged program finished
2487 # executing already.
2488 end_report(), next CMD if $finished and $level <= 1;
2489
2490 # Capture the place to put a one-time break.
2491 $subname = $i = $1;
2492
2493 # Probably not needed, since we finish an interactive
2494 # sub-session anyway...
2495 # local $filename = $filename;
2496 # local *dbline = *dbline; # XXX Would this work?!
2497 #
2498 # The above question wonders if localizing the alias
2499 # to the magic array works or not. Since it's commented
2500 # out, we'll just leave that to speculation for now.
2501
2502 # If the "subname" isn't all digits, we'll assume it
2503 # is a subroutine name, and try to find it.
2504 if ($subname =~ /\D/) { # subroutine name
2505 # Qualify it to the current package unless it's
2506 # already qualified.
2507 $subname = $package . "::" . $subname
2508 unless $subname =~ /::/;
2509 # find_sub will return "file:line_number" corresponding
2510 # to where the subroutine is defined; we call find_sub,
2511 # break up the return value, and assign it in one
2512 # operation.
2513 ($file, $i) = (find_sub($subname) =~ /^(.*):(.*)$/);
2514
2515 # Force the line number to be numeric.
2516 $i += 0;
2517
2518 # If we got a line number, we found the sub.
2519 if ($i) {
2520 # Switch all the debugger's internals around so
2521 # we're actually working with that file.
2522 $filename = $file;
2523 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $filename };
2524 # Mark that there's a breakpoint in this file.
2525 $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 1;
2526 # Scan forward to the first executable line
2527 # after the 'sub whatever' line.
2528 $max = $#dbline;
2529 ++$i while $dbline[$i] == 0 && $i < $max;
2530 } ## end if ($i)
2531
2532 # We didn't find a sub by that name.
2533 else {
2534 print $OUT "Subroutine $subname not found.\n";
2535 next CMD;
2536 }
2537 } ## end if ($subname =~ /\D/)
2538
2539 # At this point, either the subname was all digits (an
2540 # absolute line-break request) or we've scanned through
2541 # the code following the definition of the sub, looking
2542 # for an executable, which we may or may not have found.
2543 #
2544 # If $i (which we set $subname from) is non-zero, we
2545 # got a request to break at some line somewhere. On
2546 # one hand, if there wasn't any real subroutine name
2547 # involved, this will be a request to break in the current
2548 # file at the specified line, so we have to check to make
2549 # sure that the line specified really is breakable.
2550 #
2551 # On the other hand, if there was a subname supplied, the
2552 # preceeding block has moved us to the proper file and
2553 # location within that file, and then scanned forward
2554 # looking for the next executable line. We have to make
2555 # sure that one was found.
2556 #
2557 # On the gripping hand, we can't do anything unless the
2558 # current value of $i points to a valid breakable line.
2559 # Check that.
2560 if ($i) {
2561 # Breakable?
2562 if ($dbline[$i] == 0) {
2563 print $OUT "Line $i not breakable.\n";
2564 next CMD;
2565 }
2566 # Yes. Set up the one-time-break sigil.
2567 $dbline{$i} =~
2568 s/($|\0)/;9$1/; # add one-time-only b.p.
2569 } ## end if ($i)
2570
2571 # Turn off stack tracing from here up.
2572 for ($i = 0 ; $i <= $stack_depth ;) {
2573 $stack[$i++] &= ~1;
2574 }
2575 last CMD;
2576 };
2577
2578=head4 C<r> - return from a subroutine
2579
2580For C<r> to work properly, the debugger has to stop execution again
2581immediately after the return is executed. This is done by forcing
2582single-stepping to be on in the call level above the current one. If
2583we are printing return values when a C<r> is executed, set C<$doret>
2584appropriately, and force us out of the command loop.
2585
2586=cut
2587
2588 # r - return from the current subroutine.
2589 $cmd =~ /^r$/ && do {
2590 # Can't do anythign if the program's over.
2591 end_report(), next CMD if $finished and $level <= 1;
2592 # Turn on stack trace.
2593 $stack[$stack_depth] |= 1;
2594 # XXX weird stack fram management?
2595 $doret = $option{PrintRet} ? $stack_depth - 1 : -2;
2596 last CMD;
2597 };
2598
2599=head4 C<R> - restart
2600
2601Restarting the debugger is a complex operation that occurs in several phases.
2602First, we try to reconstruct the command line that was used to invoke Perl
2603and the debugger.
2604
2605=cut
2606
2607 # R - restart execution.
2608 $cmd =~ /^R$/ && do {
2609 # I may not be able to resurrect you, but here goes ...
2610 print $OUT
2611"Warning: some settings and command-line options may be lost!\n";
2612 my (@script, @flags, $cl);
2613
2614 # If warn was on before, turn it on again.
2615 push @flags, '-w' if $ini_warn;
2616
2617 # Rebuild the -I flags that were on the initial
2618 # command line.
2619 for (@ini_INC) {
2620 push @flags, '-I', $_;
2621 }
2622
2623 # Turn on taint if it was on before.
2624 push @flags, '-T' if ${^TAINT};
2625
2626 # Arrange for setting the old INC:
2627 # Save the current @init_INC in the environment.
2628 set_list("PERLDB_INC", @ini_INC);
2629
2630 # If this was a perl one-liner, go to the "file"
2631 # corresponding to the one-liner read all the lines
2632 # out of it (except for the first one, which is going
2633 # to be added back on again when 'perl -d' runs: that's
2634 # the 'require perl5db.pl;' line), and add them back on
2635 # to the command line to be executed.
2636 if ($0 eq '-e') {
2637 for (1 .. $#{'::_<-e'}) { # The first line is PERL5DB
2638 chomp($cl = ${'::_<-e'}[$_]);
2639 push @script, '-e', $cl;
2640 }
2641 } ## end if ($0 eq '-e')
2642
2643 # Otherwise we just reuse the original name we had
2644 # before.
2645 else {
2646 @script = $0;
2647 }
2648
2649=pod
2650
2651After the command line has been reconstructed, the next step is to save
2652the debugger's status in environment variables. The C<DB::set_list> routine
2653is used to save aggregate variables (both hashes and arrays); scalars are
2654just popped into environment variables directly.
2655
2656=cut
2657
2658 # If the terminal supported history, grab it and
2659 # save that in the environment.
2660 set_list("PERLDB_HIST",
2661 $term->Features->{getHistory}
2662 ? $term->GetHistory
2663 : @hist);
2664 # Find all the files that were visited during this
2665 # session (i.e., the debugger had magic hashes
2666 # corresponding to them) and stick them in the environment.
2667 my @had_breakpoints = keys %had_breakpoints;
2668 set_list("PERLDB_VISITED", @had_breakpoints);
2669
2670 # Save the debugger options we chose.
2671 set_list("PERLDB_OPT", %option);
2672
2673 # Save the break-on-loads.
2674 set_list("PERLDB_ON_LOAD", %break_on_load);
2675
2676=pod
2677
2678The most complex part of this is the saving of all of the breakpoints. They
2679can live in an awful lot of places, and we have to go through all of them,
2680find the breakpoints, and then save them in the appropriate environment
2681variable via C<DB::set_list>.
2682
2683=cut
2684
2685 # Go through all the breakpoints and make sure they're
2686 # still valid.
2687 my @hard;
2688 for (0 .. $#had_breakpoints) {
2689 # We were in this file.
2690 my $file = $had_breakpoints[$_];
2691
2692 # Grab that file's magic line hash.
2693 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
2694
2695 # Skip out if it doesn't exist, or if the breakpoint
2696 # is in a postponed file (we'll do postponed ones
2697 # later).
2698 next unless %dbline or $postponed_file{$file};
2699
2700 # In an eval. This is a little harder, so we'll
2701 # do more processing on that below.
2702 (push @hard, $file), next
2703 if $file =~ /^\(\w*eval/;
2704 # XXX I have no idea what this is doing. Yet.
2705 my @add;
2706 @add = %{ $postponed_file{$file} }
2707 if $postponed_file{$file};
2708
2709 # Save the list of all the breakpoints for this file.
2710 set_list("PERLDB_FILE_$_", %dbline, @add);
2711 } ## end for (0 .. $#had_breakpoints)
2712
2713 # The breakpoint was inside an eval. This is a little
2714 # more difficult. XXX and I don't understand it.
2715 for (@hard) {
2716 # Get over to the eval in question.
2717 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $_ };
2718 my ($quoted, $sub, %subs, $line) = quotemeta $_;
2719 for $sub (keys %sub) {
2720 next unless $sub{$sub} =~ /^$quoted:(\d+)-(\d+)$/;
2721 $subs{$sub} = [$1, $2];
2722 }
2723 unless (%subs) {
2724 print $OUT
2725 "No subroutines in $_, ignoring breakpoints.\n";
2726 next;
2727 }
2728 LINES: for $line (keys %dbline) {
2729
2730 # One breakpoint per sub only:
2731 my ($offset, $sub, $found);
2732 SUBS: for $sub (keys %subs) {
2733 if (
2734 $subs{$sub}->[1] >=
2735 $line # Not after the subroutine
2736 and (
2737 not defined $offset # Not caught
2738 or $offset < 0
2739 )
2740 )
2741 { # or badly caught
2742 $found = $sub;
2743 $offset = $line - $subs{$sub}->[0];
2744 $offset = "+$offset", last SUBS
2745 if $offset >= 0;
2746 } ## end if ($subs{$sub}->[1] >=...
2747 } ## end for $sub (keys %subs)
2748 if (defined $offset) {
2749 $postponed{$found} =
2750 "break $offset if $dbline{$line}";
2751 }
2752 else {
2753 print $OUT
2754"Breakpoint in $_:$line ignored: after all the subroutines.\n";
2755 }
2756 } ## end for $line (keys %dbline)
2757 } ## end for (@hard)
2758
2759 # Save the other things that don't need to be
2760 # processed.
2761 set_list("PERLDB_POSTPONE", %postponed);
2762 set_list("PERLDB_PRETYPE", @$pretype);
2763 set_list("PERLDB_PRE", @$pre);
2764 set_list("PERLDB_POST", @$post);
2765 set_list("PERLDB_TYPEAHEAD", @typeahead);
2766
2767 # We are oficially restarting.
2768 $ENV{PERLDB_RESTART} = 1;
2769
2770 # We are junking all child debuggers.
2771 delete $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS}; # Restore ini state
2772
2773 # Set this back to the initial pid.
2774 $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} = $ini_pids if defined $ini_pids;
2775
2776=pod
2777
2778After all the debugger status has been saved, we take the command we built
2779up and then C<exec()> it. The debugger will spot the C<PERLDB_RESTART>
2780environment variable and realize it needs to reload its state from the
2781environment.
2782
2783=cut
2784
2785 # And run Perl again. Add the "-d" flag, all the
2786 # flags we built up, the script (whether a one-liner
2787 # or a file), add on the -emacs flag for a slave editor,
2788 # and then the old arguments. We use exec() to keep the
2789 # PID stable (and that way $ini_pids is still valid).
2790 exec($^X, '-d', @flags, @script,
2791 ($slave_editor ? '-emacs' : ()), @ARGS) ||
2792 print $OUT "exec failed: $!\n";
2793 last CMD;
2794 };
2795
2796=head4 C<T> - stack trace
2797
2798Just calls C<DB::print_trace>.
2799
2800=cut
2801
2802 $cmd =~ /^T$/ && do {
2803 print_trace($OUT, 1); # skip DB
2804 next CMD;
2805 };
2806
2807=head4 C<w> - List window around current line.
2808
2809Just calls C<DB::cmd_w>.
2810
2811=cut
2812
2813 $cmd =~ /^w\b\s*(.*)/s && do { &cmd_w('w', $1); next CMD; };
2814
2815=head4 C<W> - watch-expression processing.
2816
2817Just calls C<DB::cmd_W>.
2818
2819=cut
2820
2821 $cmd =~ /^W\b\s*(.*)/s && do { &cmd_W('W', $1); next CMD; };
2822
2823=head4 C</> - search forward for a string in the source
2824
2825We take the argument and treat it as a pattern. If it turns out to be a
2826bad one, we return the error we got from trying to C<eval> it and exit.
2827If not, we create some code to do the search and C<eval> it so it can't
2828mess us up.
2829
2830=cut
2831
2832 $cmd =~ /^\/(.*)$/ && do {
2833
2834 # The pattern as a string.
2835 $inpat = $1;
2836
2837 # Remove the final slash.
2838 $inpat =~ s:([^\\])/$:$1:;
2839
2840 # If the pattern isn't null ...
2841 if ($inpat ne "") {
2842
2843 # Turn of warn and die procesing for a bit.
2844 local $SIG{__DIE__};
2845 local $SIG{__WARN__};
2846
2847 # Create the pattern.
2848 eval '$inpat =~ m' . "\a$inpat\a";
2849 if ($@ ne "") {
2850 # Oops. Bad pattern. No biscuit.
2851 # Print the eval error and go back for more
2852 # commands.
2853 print $OUT "$@";
2854 next CMD;
2855 }
2856 $pat = $inpat;
2857 } ## end if ($inpat ne "")
2858
2859 # Set up to stop on wrap-around.
2860 $end = $start;
2861
2862 # Don't move off the current line.
2863 $incr = -1;
2864
2865 # Done in eval so nothing breaks if the pattern
2866 # does something weird.
2867 eval '
2868 for (;;) {
2869 # Move ahead one line.
2870 ++$start;
2871
2872 # Wrap if we pass the last line.
2873 $start = 1 if ($start > $max);
2874
2875 # Stop if we have gotten back to this line again,
2876 last if ($start == $end);
2877
2878 # A hit! (Note, though, that we are doing
2879 # case-insensitive matching. Maybe a qr//
2880 # expression would be better, so the user could
2881 # do case-sensitive matching if desired.
2882 if ($dbline[$start] =~ m' . "\a$pat\a" . 'i) {
2883 if ($slave_editor) {
2884 # Handle proper escaping in the slave.
2885 print $OUT "\032\032$filename:$start:0\n";
2886 }
2887 else {
2888 # Just print the line normally.
2889 print $OUT "$start:\t",$dbline[$start],"\n";
2890 }
2891 # And quit since we found something.
2892 last;
2893 }
2894 } ';
2895 # If we wrapped, there never was a match.
2896 print $OUT "/$pat/: not found\n" if ($start == $end);
2897 next CMD;
2898 };
2899
2900=head4 C<?> - search backward for a string in the source
2901
2902Same as for C</>, except the loop runs backwards.
2903
2904=cut
2905
2906 # ? - backward pattern search.
2907 $cmd =~ /^\?(.*)$/ && do {
2908
2909 # Get the pattern, remove trailing question mark.
2910 $inpat = $1;
2911 $inpat =~ s:([^\\])\?$:$1:;
2912
2913 # If we've got one ...
2914 if ($inpat ne "") {
2915
2916 # Turn off die & warn handlers.
2917 local $SIG{__DIE__};
2918 local $SIG{__WARN__};
2919 eval '$inpat =~ m' . "\a$inpat\a";
2920
2921 if ($@ ne "") {
2922 # Ouch. Not good. Print the error.
2923 print $OUT $@;
2924 next CMD;
2925 }
2926 $pat = $inpat;
2927 } ## end if ($inpat ne "")
2928
2929 # Where we are now is where to stop after wraparound.
2930 $end = $start;
2931
2932 # Don't move away from this line.
2933 $incr = -1;
2934
2935 # Search inside the eval to prevent pattern badness
2936 # from killing us.
2937 eval '
2938 for (;;) {
2939 # Back up a line.
2940 --$start;
2941
2942 # Wrap if we pass the first line.
2943 $start = $max if ($start <= 0);
2944
2945 # Quit if we get back where we started,
2946 last if ($start == $end);
2947
2948 # Match?
2949 if ($dbline[$start] =~ m' . "\a$pat\a" . 'i) {
2950 if ($slave_editor) {
2951 # Yep, follow slave editor requirements.
2952 print $OUT "\032\032$filename:$start:0\n";
2953 }
2954 else {
2955 # Yep, just print normally.
2956 print $OUT "$start:\t",$dbline[$start],"\n";
2957 }
2958
2959 # Found, so done.
2960 last;
2961 }
2962 } ';
2963
2964 # Say we failed if the loop never found anything,
2965 print $OUT "?$pat?: not found\n" if ($start == $end);
2966 next CMD;
2967 };
2968
2969=head4 C<$rc> - Recall command
2970
2971Manages the commands in C<@hist> (which is created if C<Term::ReadLine> reports
2972that the terminal supports history). It find the the command required, puts it
2973into C<$cmd>, and redoes the loop to execute it.
2974
2975=cut
2976
2977 # $rc - recall command.
2978 $cmd =~ /^$rc+\s*(-)?(\d+)?$/ && do {
2979
2980 # No arguments, take one thing off history.
2981 pop (@hist) if length($cmd) > 1;
2982
2983 # Relative (- found)?
2984 # Y - index back from most recent (by 1 if bare minus)
2985 # N - go to that particular command slot or the last
2986 # thing if nothing following.
2987 $i = $1 ? ($#hist - ($2 || 1)) : ($2 || $#hist);
2988
2989 # Pick out the command desired.
2990 $cmd = $hist[$i];
2991
2992 # Print the command to be executed and restart the loop
2993 # with that command in the buffer.
2994 print $OUT $cmd, "\n";
2995 redo CMD;
2996 };
2997
2998=head4 C<$sh$sh> - C<system()> command
2999
3000Calls the C<DB::system()> to handle the command. This keeps the C<STDIN> and
3001C<STDOUT> from getting messed up.
3002
3003=cut
3004
3005 # $sh$sh - run a shell command (if it's all ASCII).
3006 # Can't run shell commands with Unicode in the debugger, hmm.
3007 $cmd =~ /^$sh$sh\s*([\x00-\xff]*)/ && do {
3008 # System it.
3009 &system($1);
3010 next CMD;
3011 };
3012
3013=head4 C<$rc I<pattern> $rc> - Search command history
3014
3015Another command to manipulate C<@hist>: this one searches it with a pattern.
3016If a command is found, it is placed in C<$cmd> and executed via <redo>.
3017
3018=cut
3019
3020 # $rc pattern $rc - find a command in the history.
3021 $cmd =~ /^$rc([^$rc].*)$/ && do {
3022 # Create the pattern to use.
3023 $pat = "^$1";
3024
3025 # Toss off last entry if length is >1 (and it always is).
3026 pop (@hist) if length($cmd) > 1;
3027
3028 # Look backward through the history.
3029 for ($i = $#hist ; $i ; --$i) {
3030 # Stop if we find it.
3031 last if $hist[$i] =~ /$pat/;
3032 }
3033
3034 if (!$i) {
3035 # Never found it.
3036 print $OUT "No such command!\n\n";
3037 next CMD;
3038 }
3039
3040 # Found it. Put it in the buffer, print it, and process it.
3041 $cmd = $hist[$i];
3042 print $OUT $cmd, "\n";
3043 redo CMD;
3044 };
3045
3046=head4 C<$sh> - Invoke a shell
3047
3048Uses C<DB::system> to invoke a shell.
3049
3050=cut
3051
3052 # $sh - start a shell.
3053 $cmd =~ /^$sh$/ && do {
3054 # Run the user's shell. If none defined, run Bourne.
3055 # We resume execution when the shell terminates.
3056 &system($ENV{SHELL} || "/bin/sh");
3057 next CMD;
3058 };
3059
3060=head4 C<$sh I<command>> - Force execution of a command in a shell
3061
3062Like the above, but the command is passed to the shell. Again, we use
3063C<DB::system> to avoid problems with C<STDIN> and C<STDOUT>.
3064
3065=cut
3066
3067 # $sh command - start a shell and run a command in it.
3068 $cmd =~ /^$sh\s*([\x00-\xff]*)/ && do {
3069 # XXX: using csh or tcsh destroys sigint retvals!
3070 #&system($1); # use this instead
3071
3072 # use the user's shell, or Bourne if none defined.
3073 &system($ENV{SHELL} || "/bin/sh", "-c", $1);
3074 next CMD;
3075 };
3076
3077=head4 C<H> - display commands in history
3078
3079Prints the contents of C<@hist> (if any).
3080
3081=cut
3082
3083 $cmd =~ /^H\b\s*(-(\d+))?/ && do {
3084 # Anything other than negative numbers is ignored by
3085 # the (incorrect) pattern, so this test does nothing.
3086 $end = $2 ? ($#hist - $2) : 0;
3087
3088 # Set to the minimum if less than zero.
3089 $hist = 0 if $hist < 0;
3090
3091 # Start at the end of the array.
3092 # Stay in while we're still above the ending value.
3093 # Tick back by one each time around the loop.
3094 for ($i = $#hist ; $i > $end ; $i--) {
3095
3096 # Print the command unless it has no arguments.
3097 print $OUT "$i: ", $hist[$i], "\n"
3098 unless $hist[$i] =~ /^.?$/;
3099 }
3100 next CMD;
3101 };
3102
3103=head4 C<man, doc, perldoc> - look up documentation
3104
3105Just calls C<runman()> to print the appropriate document.
3106
3107=cut
3108
3109 # man, perldoc, doc - show manual pages.
3110 $cmd =~ /^(?:man|(?:perl)?doc)\b(?:\s+([^(]*))?$/ && do {
3111 runman($1);
3112 next CMD;
3113 };
3114
3115=head4 C<p> - print
3116
3117Builds a C<print EXPR> expression in the C<$cmd>; this will get executed at
3118the bottom of the loop.
3119
3120=cut
3121
3122 # p - print (no args): print $_.
3123 $cmd =~ s/^p$/print {\$DB::OUT} \$_/;
3124
3125 # p - print the given expression.
3126 $cmd =~ s/^p\b/print {\$DB::OUT} /;
3127
3128=head4 C<=> - define command alias
3129
3130Manipulates C<%alias> to add or list command aliases.
3131
3132=cut
3133
3134 # = - set up a command alias.
3135 $cmd =~ s/^=\s*// && do {
3136 my @keys;
3137 if (length $cmd == 0) {
3138 # No args, get current aliases.
3139 @keys = sort keys %alias;
3140 }
3141 elsif (my ($k, $v) = ($cmd =~ /^(\S+)\s+(\S.*)/)) {
3142 # Creating a new alias. $k is alias name, $v is
3143 # alias value.
3144
3145 # can't use $_ or kill //g state
3146 for my $x ($k, $v) {
3147 # Escape "alarm" characters.
3148 $x =~ s/\a/\\a/g
3149 }
3150
3151 # Substitute key for value, using alarm chars
3152 # as separators (which is why we escaped them in
3153 # the command).
3154 $alias{$k} = "s\a$k\a$v\a";
3155
3156 # Turn off standard warn and die behavior.
3157 local $SIG{__DIE__};
3158 local $SIG{__WARN__};
3159
3160 # Is it valid Perl?
3161 unless (eval "sub { s\a$k\a$v\a }; 1") {
3162 # Nope. Bad alias. Say so and get out.
3163 print $OUT "Can't alias $k to $v: $@\n";
3164 delete $alias{$k};
3165 next CMD;
3166 }
3167 # We'll only list the new one.
3168 @keys = ($k);
3169 } ## end elsif (my ($k, $v) = ($cmd...
3170
3171 # The argument is the alias to list.
3172 else {
3173 @keys = ($cmd);
3174 }
3175
3176 # List aliases.
3177 for my $k (@keys) {
3178 # Messy metaquoting: Trim the substiution code off.
3179 # We use control-G as the delimiter because it's not
3180 # likely to appear in the alias.
3181 if ((my $v = $alias{$k}) =~ s\as\a$k\a(.*)\a$\a1\a) {
3182 # Print the alias.
3183 print $OUT "$k\t= $1\n";
3184 }
3185 elsif (defined $alias{$k}) {
3186 # Couldn't trim it off; just print the alias code.
3187 print $OUT "$k\t$alias{$k}\n";
3188 }
3189 else {
3190 # No such, dude.
3191 print "No alias for $k\n";
3192 }
3193 } ## end for my $k (@keys)
3194 next CMD;
3195 };
3196
3197=head4 C<source> - read commands from a file.
3198
3199Opens a lexical filehandle and stacks it on C<@cmdfhs>; C<DB::readline> will
3200pick it up.
3201
3202=cut
3203
3204 # source - read commands from a file (or pipe!) and execute.
3205 $cmd =~ /^source\s+(.*\S)/ && do {
3206 if (open my $fh, $1) {
3207 # Opened OK; stick it in the list of file handles.
3208 push @cmdfhs, $fh;
3209 }
3210 else {
3211 # Couldn't open it.
3212 &warn("Can't execute `$1': $!\n");
3213 }
3214 next CMD;
3215 };
3216
3217=head4 C<|, ||> - pipe output through the pager.
3218
3219FOR C<|>, we save C<OUT> (the debugger's output filehandle) and C<STDOUT>
3220(the program's standard output). For C<||>, we only save C<OUT>. We open a
3221pipe to the pager (restoring the output filehandles if this fails). If this
3222is the C<|> command, we also set up a C<SIGPIPE> handler which will simply
3223set C<$signal>, sending us back into the debugger.
3224
3225We then trim off the pipe symbols and C<redo> the command loop at the
3226C<PIPE> label, causing us to evaluate the command in C<$cmd> without
3227reading another.
3228
3229=cut
3230
3231 # || - run command in the pager, with output to DB::OUT.
3232 $cmd =~ /^\|\|?\s*[^|]/ && do {
3233 if ($pager =~ /^\|/) {
3234 # Default pager is into a pipe. Redirect I/O.
3235 open(SAVEOUT, ">&STDOUT") ||
3236 &warn("Can't save STDOUT");
3237 open(STDOUT, ">&OUT") ||
3238 &warn("Can't redirect STDOUT");
3239 } ## end if ($pager =~ /^\|/)
3240 else {
3241 # Not into a pipe. STDOUT is safe.
3242 open(SAVEOUT, ">&OUT") || &warn("Can't save DB::OUT");
3243 }
3244
3245 # Fix up environment to record we have less if so.
3246 fix_less();
3247
3248 unless ($piped = open(OUT, $pager)) {
3249 # Couldn't open pipe to pager.
3250 &warn("Can't pipe output to `$pager'");
3251 if ($pager =~ /^\|/) {
3252 # Redirect I/O back again.
3253 open(OUT, ">&STDOUT") # XXX: lost message
3254 || &warn("Can't restore DB::OUT");
3255 open(STDOUT, ">&SAVEOUT") ||
3256 &warn("Can't restore STDOUT");
3257 close(SAVEOUT);
3258 } ## end if ($pager =~ /^\|/)
3259 else {
3260 # Redirect I/O. STDOUT already safe.
3261 open(OUT, ">&STDOUT") # XXX: lost message
3262 || &warn("Can't restore DB::OUT");
3263 }
3264 next CMD;
3265 } ## end unless ($piped = open(OUT,...
3266
3267 # Set up broken-pipe handler if necessary.
3268 $SIG{PIPE} = \&DB::catch
3269 if $pager =~ /^\|/ &&
3270 ("" eq $SIG{PIPE} || "DEFAULT" eq $SIG{PIPE});
3271
3272 # Save current filehandle, unbuffer out, and put it back.
3273 $selected = select(OUT);
3274 $| = 1;
3275
3276 # Don't put it back if pager was a pipe.
3277 select($selected), $selected = "" unless $cmd =~ /^\|\|/;
3278
3279 # Trim off the pipe symbols and run the command now.
3280 $cmd =~ s/^\|+\s*//;
3281 redo PIPE;
3282 };
3283
3284
3285=head3 END OF COMMAND PARSING
3286
3287Anything left in C<$cmd> at this point is a Perl expression that we want to
3288evaluate. We'll always evaluate in the user's context, and fully qualify
3289any variables we might want to address in the C<DB> package.
3290
3291=cut
3292
3293 # t - turn trace on.
3294 $cmd =~ s/^t\s/\$DB::trace |= 1;\n/;
3295
3296 # s - single-step. Remember the last command was 's'.
3297 $cmd =~ s/^s\s/\$DB::single = 1;\n/ && do { $laststep = 's' };
3298
3299 # n - single-step, but not into subs. Remember last command
3300 # was 'n'.
3301 $cmd =~ s/^n\s/\$DB::single = 2;\n/ && do { $laststep = 'n' };
3302
3303 } # PIPE:
3304
3305 # Make sure the flag that says "the debugger's running" is
3306 # still on, to make sure we get control again.
3307 $evalarg = "\$^D = \$^D | \$DB::db_stop;\n$cmd";
3308
3309 # Run *our* eval that executes in the caller's context.
3310 &eval;
3311
3312 # Turn off the one-time-dump stuff now.
3313 if ($onetimeDump) {
3314 $onetimeDump = undef;
3315 $onetimedumpDepth = undef;
3316 }
3317 elsif ($term_pid == $$) {
3318 # XXX If this is the master pid, print a newline.
3319 print $OUT "\n";
3320 }
3321 } ## end while (($term || &setterm...
3322
3323=head3 POST-COMMAND PROCESSING
3324
3325After each command, we check to see if the command output was piped anywhere.
3326If so, we go through the necessary code to unhook the pipe and go back to
3327our standard filehandles for input and output.
3328
3329=cut
3330
3331 continue { # CMD:
3332
3333 # At the end of every command:
3334 if ($piped) {
3335 # Unhook the pipe mechanism now.
3336 if ($pager =~ /^\|/) {
3337 # No error from the child.
3338 $? = 0;
3339
3340 # we cannot warn here: the handle is missing --tchrist
3341 close(OUT) || print SAVEOUT "\nCan't close DB::OUT\n";
3342
3343 # most of the $? crud was coping with broken cshisms
3344 # $? is explicitly set to 0, so this never runs.
3345 if ($?) {
3346 print SAVEOUT "Pager `$pager' failed: ";
3347 if ($? == -1) {
3348 print SAVEOUT "shell returned -1\n";
3349 }
3350 elsif ($? >> 8) {
3351 print SAVEOUT ($? & 127)
3352 ? " (SIG#" . ($? & 127) . ")"
3353 : "", ($? & 128) ? " -- core dumped" : "", "\n";
3354 }
3355 else {
3356 print SAVEOUT "status ", ($? >> 8), "\n";
3357 }
3358 } ## end if ($?)
3359
3360 # Reopen filehandle for our output (if we can) and
3361 # restore STDOUT (if we can).
3362 open(OUT, ">&STDOUT") || &warn("Can't restore DB::OUT");
3363 open(STDOUT, ">&SAVEOUT") ||
3364 &warn("Can't restore STDOUT");
3365
3366 # Turn off pipe exception handler if necessary.
3367 $SIG{PIPE} = "DEFAULT" if $SIG{PIPE} eq \&DB::catch;
3368
3369 # Will stop ignoring SIGPIPE if done like nohup(1)
3370 # does SIGINT but Perl doesn't give us a choice.
3371 } ## end if ($pager =~ /^\|/)
3372 else {
3373 # Non-piped "pager". Just restore STDOUT.
3374 open(OUT, ">&SAVEOUT") || &warn("Can't restore DB::OUT");
3375 }
3376
3377 # Close filehandle pager was using, restore the normal one
3378 # if necessary,
3379 close(SAVEOUT);
3380 select($selected), $selected = "" unless $selected eq "";
3381
3382 # No pipes now.
3383 $piped = "";
3384 } ## end if ($piped)
3385 } # CMD:
3386
3387=head3 COMMAND LOOP TERMINATION
3388
3389When commands have finished executing, we come here. If the user closed the
3390input filehandle, we turn on C<$fall_off_end> to emulate a C<q> command. We
3391evaluate any post-prompt items. We restore C<$@>, C<$!>, C<$^E>, C<$,>, C<$/>,
3392C<$\>, and C<$^W>, and return a null list as expected by the Perl interpreter.
3393The interpreter will then execute the next line and then return control to us
3394again.
3395
3396=cut
3397
3398 # No more commands? Quit.
3399 $fall_off_end = 1 unless defined $cmd; # Emulate `q' on EOF
3400
3401 # Evaluate post-prompt commands.
3402 foreach $evalarg (@$post) {
3403 &eval;
3404 }
3405 } # if ($single || $signal)
3406
3407 # Put the user's globals back where you found them.
3408 ($@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W) = @saved;
3409 ();
3410} ## end sub DB
3411
3412# The following code may be executed now:
3413# BEGIN {warn 4}
3414
3415=head2 sub
3416
3417C<sub> is called whenever a subroutine call happens in the program being
3418debugged. The variable C<$DB::sub> contains the name of the subroutine
3419being called.
3420
3421The core function of this subroutine is to actually call the sub in the proper
3422context, capturing its output. This of course causes C<DB::DB> to get called
3423again, repeating until the subroutine ends and returns control to C<DB::sub>
3424again. Once control returns, C<DB::sub> figures out whether or not to dump the
3425return value, and returns its captured copy of the return value as its own
3426return value. The value then feeds back into the program being debugged as if
3427C<DB::sub> hadn't been there at all.
3428
3429C<sub> does all the work of printing the subroutine entry and exit messages
3430enabled by setting C<$frame>. It notes what sub the autoloader got called for,
3431and also prints the return value if needed (for the C<r> command and if
3432the 16 bit is set in C<$frame>).
3433
3434It also tracks the subroutine call depth by saving the current setting of
3435C<$single> in the C<@stack> package global; if this exceeds the value in
3436C<$deep>, C<sub> automatically turns on printing of the current depth by
3437setting the 4 bit in C<$single>. In any case, it keeps the current setting
3438of stop/don't stop on entry to subs set as it currently is set.
3439
3440=head3 C<caller()> support
3441
3442If C<caller()> is called from the package C<DB>, it provides some
3443additional data, in the following order:
3444
3445=over 4
3446
3447=item * C<$package>
3448
3449The package name the sub was in
3450
3451=item * C<$filename>
3452
3453The filename it was defined in
3454
3455=item * C<$line>
3456
3457The line number it was defined on
3458
3459=item * C<$subroutine>
3460
3461The subroutine name; C<'(eval)'> if an C<eval>().
3462
3463=item * C<$hasargs>
3464
34651 if it has arguments, 0 if not
3466
3467=item * C<$wantarray>
3468
34691 if array context, 0 if scalar context
3470
3471=item * C<$evaltext>
3472
3473The C<eval>() text, if any (undefined for C<eval BLOCK>)
3474
3475=item * C<$is_require>
3476
3477frame was created by a C<use> or C<require> statement
3478
3479=item * C<$hints>
3480
3481pragma information; subject to change between versions
3482
3483=item * C<$bitmask>
3484
3485pragma information: subject to change between versions
3486
3487=item * C<@DB::args>
3488
3489arguments with which the subroutine was invoked
3490
3491=back
3492
3493=cut
3494
3495sub sub {
3496
3497 # Whether or not the autoloader was running, a scalar to put the
3498 # sub's return value in (if needed), and an array to put the sub's
3499 # return value in (if needed).
3500 my ($al, $ret, @ret) = "";
3501
3502 # If the last ten characters are C'::AUTOLOAD', note we've traced
3503 # into AUTOLOAD for $sub.
3504 if (length($sub) > 10 && substr($sub, -10, 10) eq '::AUTOLOAD') {
3505 $al = " for $$sub";
3506 }
3507
3508 # We stack the stack pointer and then increment it to protect us
3509 # from a situation that might unwind a whole bunch of call frames
3510 # at once. Localizing the stack pointer means that it will automatically
3511 # unwind the same amount when multiple stack frames are unwound.
3512 local $stack_depth = $stack_depth + 1; # Protect from non-local exits
3513
3514 # Expand @stack.
3515 $#stack = $stack_depth;
3516
3517 # Save current single-step setting.
3518 $stack[-1] = $single;
3519
3520 # Turn off all flags except single-stepping.
3521 $single &= 1;
3522
3523 # If we've gotten really deeply recursed, turn on the flag that will
3524 # make us stop with the 'deep recursion' message.
3525 $single |= 4 if $stack_depth == $deep;
3526
3527 # If frame messages are on ...
3528 (
3529 $frame & 4 # Extended frame entry message
3530 ? (
3531 print_lineinfo(' ' x ($stack_depth - 1), "in "),
3532
3533 # Why -1? But it works! :-(
3534 # Because print_trace will call add 1 to it and then call
3535 # dump_trace; this results in our skipping -1+1 = 0 stack frames
3536 # in dump_trace.
3537 print_trace($LINEINFO, -1, 1, 1, "$sub$al")
3538 )
3539 : print_lineinfo(' ' x ($stack_depth - 1), "entering $sub$al\n")
3540 # standard frame entry message
3541 )
3542 if $frame;
3543
3544 # Determine the sub's return type,and capture approppriately.
3545 if (wantarray) {
3546 # Called in array context. call sub and capture output.
3547 # DB::DB will recursively get control again if appropriate; we'll come
3548 # back here when the sub is finished.
3549 @ret = &$sub;
3550
3551 # Pop the single-step value back off the stack.
3552 $single |= $stack[$stack_depth--];
3553
3554 # Check for exit trace messages...
3555 (
3556 $frame & 4 # Extended exit message
3557 ? (
3558 print_lineinfo(' ' x $stack_depth, "out "),
3559 print_trace($LINEINFO, -1, 1, 1, "$sub$al")
3560 )
3561 : print_lineinfo(' ' x $stack_depth, "exited $sub$al\n")
3562 # Standard exit message
3563 )
3564 if $frame & 2;
3565
3566 # Print the return info if we need to.
3567 if ($doret eq $stack_depth or $frame & 16) {
3568 # Turn off output record separator.
3569 local $\ = '';
3570 my $fh = ($doret eq $stack_depth ? $OUT : $LINEINFO);
3571
3572 # Indent if we're printing because of $frame tracing.
3573 print $fh ' ' x $stack_depth if $frame & 16;
3574
3575 # Print the return value.
3576 print $fh "list context return from $sub:\n";
3577 dumpit($fh, \@ret);
3578
3579 # And don't print it again.
3580 $doret = -2;
3581 } ## end if ($doret eq $stack_depth...
3582 # And we have to return the return value now.
3583 @ret;
3584
3585 } ## end if (wantarray)
3586
3587 # Scalar context.
3588 else {
3589 if (defined wantarray) {
3590 # Save the value if it's wanted at all.
3591 $ret = &$sub;
3592 }
3593 else {
3594 # Void return, explicitly.
3595 &$sub;
3596 undef $ret;
3597 }
3598
3599 # Pop the single-step value off the stack.
3600 $single |= $stack[$stack_depth--];
3601
3602 # If we're doing exit messages...
3603 (
3604 $frame & 4 # Extended messsages
3605 ? (
3606 print_lineinfo(' ' x $stack_depth, "out "),
3607 print_trace($LINEINFO, -1, 1, 1, "$sub$al")
3608 )
3609 : print_lineinfo(' ' x $stack_depth, "exited $sub$al\n")
3610 # Standard messages
3611 )
3612 if $frame & 2;
3613
3614 # If we are supposed to show the return value... same as before.
3615 if ($doret eq $stack_depth or $frame & 16 and defined wantarray) {
3616 local $\ = '';
3617 my $fh = ($doret eq $stack_depth ? $OUT : $LINEINFO);
3618 print $fh (' ' x $stack_depth) if $frame & 16;
3619 print $fh (
3620 defined wantarray
3621 ? "scalar context return from $sub: "
3622 : "void context return from $sub\n"
3623 );
3624 dumpit($fh, $ret) if defined wantarray;
3625 $doret = -2;
3626 } ## end if ($doret eq $stack_depth...
3627
3628 # Return the appropriate scalar value.
3629 $ret;
3630 } ## end else [ if (wantarray)
3631} ## end sub sub
3632
3633=head1 EXTENDED COMMAND HANDLING AND THE COMMAND API
3634
3635In Perl 5.8.0, there was a major realignment of the commands and what they did,
3636Most of the changes were to systematize the command structure and to eliminate
3637commands that threw away user input without checking.
3638
3639The following sections describe the code added to make it easy to support
3640multiple command sets with conflicting command names. This section is a start
3641at unifying all command processing to make it simpler to develop commands.
3642
3643Note that all the cmd_[a-zA-Z] subroutines require the command name, a line
3644number, and C<$dbline> (the current line) as arguments.
3645
3646Support functions in this section which have multiple modes of failure C<die>
3647on error; the rest simply return a false value.
3648
3649The user-interface functions (all of the C<cmd_*> functions) just output
3650error messages.
3651
3652=head2 C<%set>
3653
3654The C<%set> hash defines the mapping from command letter to subroutine
3655name suffix.
3656
3657C<%set> is a two-level hash, indexed by set name and then by command name.
3658Note that trying to set the CommandSet to 'foobar' simply results in the
36595.8.0 command set being used, since there's no top-level entry for 'foobar'.
3660
3661=cut
3662
3663### The API section
3664
3665my %set = ( #
3666 'pre580' => {
3667 'a' => 'pre580_a',
3668 'A' => 'pre580_null',
3669 'b' => 'pre580_b',
3670 'B' => 'pre580_null',
3671 'd' => 'pre580_null',
3672 'D' => 'pre580_D',
3673 'h' => 'pre580_h',
3674 'M' => 'pre580_null',
3675 'O' => 'o',
3676 'o' => 'pre580_null',
3677 'v' => 'M',
3678 'w' => 'v',
3679 'W' => 'pre580_W',
3680 },
3681 'pre590' => {
3682 '<' => 'pre590_prepost',
3683 '<<' => 'pre590_prepost',
3684 '>' => 'pre590_prepost',
3685 '>>' => 'pre590_prepost',
3686 '{' => 'pre590_prepost',
3687 '{{' => 'pre590_prepost',
3688 },
3689 );
3690
3691=head2 C<cmd_wrapper()> (API)
3692
3693C<cmd_wrapper()> allows the debugger to switch command sets
3694depending on the value of the C<CommandSet> option.
3695
3696It tries to look up the command in the X<C<%set>> package-level I<lexical>
3697(which means external entities can't fiddle with it) and create the name of
3698the sub to call based on the value found in the hash (if it's there). I<All>
3699of the commands to be handled in a set have to be added to C<%set>; if they
3700aren't found, the 5.8.0 equivalent is called (if there is one).
3701
3702This code uses symbolic references.
3703
3704=cut
3705
3706sub cmd_wrapper {
3707 my $cmd = shift;
3708 my $line = shift;
3709 my $dblineno = shift;
3710
3711 # Assemble the command subroutine's name by looking up the
3712 # command set and command name in %set. If we can't find it,
3713 # default to the older version of the command.
3714 my $call = 'cmd_'
3715 . ( $set{$CommandSet}{$cmd}
3716 || ( $cmd =~ /^[<>{]+/o ? 'prepost' : $cmd ) );
3717
3718 # Call the command subroutine, call it by name.
3719 return &$call($cmd, $line, $dblineno);
3720} ## end sub cmd_wrapper
3721
3722=head3 C<cmd_a> (command)
3723
3724The C<a> command handles pre-execution actions. These are associated with a
3725particular line, so they're stored in C<%dbline>. We default to the current
3726line if none is specified.
3727
3728=cut
3729
3730sub cmd_a {
3731 my $cmd = shift;
3732 my $line = shift || ''; # [.|line] expr
3733 my $dbline = shift;
3734
3735 # If it's dot (here), or not all digits, use the current line.
3736 $line =~ s/^(\.|(?:[^\d]))/$dbline/;
3737
3738 # Should be a line number followed by an expression.
3739 if ($line =~ /^\s*(\d*)\s*(\S.+)/) {
3740 my ($lineno, $expr) = ($1, $2);
3741
3742 # If we have an expression ...
3743 if (length $expr) {
3744 # ... but the line isn't breakable, complain.
3745 if ($dbline[$lineno] == 0) {
3746 print $OUT
3747 "Line $lineno($dbline[$lineno]) does not have an action?\n";
3748 }
3749 else {
3750 # It's executable. Record that the line has an action.
3751 $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 2;
3752
3753 # Remove any action, temp breakpoint, etc.
3754 $dbline{$lineno} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//;
3755
3756 # Add the action to the line.
3757 $dbline{$lineno} .= "\0" . action($expr);
3758 }
3759 } ## end if (length $expr)
3760 } ## end if ($line =~ /^\s*(\d*)\s*(\S.+)/)
3761 else {
3762 # Syntax wrong.
3763 print $OUT
3764 "Adding an action requires an optional lineno and an expression\n"
3765 ; # hint
3766 }
3767} ## end sub cmd_a
3768
3769=head3 C<cmd_A> (command)
3770
3771Delete actions. Similar to above, except the delete code is in a separate
3772subroutine, C<delete_action>.
3773
3774=cut
3775
3776sub cmd_A {
3777 my $cmd = shift;
3778 my $line = shift || '';
3779 my $dbline = shift;
3780
3781 # Dot is this line.
3782 $line =~ s/^\./$dbline/;
3783
3784 # Call delete_action with a null param to delete them all.
3785 # The '1' forces the eval to be true. It'll be false only
3786 # if delete_action blows up for some reason, in which case
3787 # we print $@ and get out.
3788 if ($line eq '*') {
3789 eval { &delete_action(); 1 } or print $OUT $@ and return;
3790 }
3791
3792 # There's a real line number. Pass it to delete_action.
3793 # Error trapping is as above.
3794 elsif ($line =~ /^(\S.*)/) {
3795 eval { &delete_action($1); 1 } or print $OUT $@ and return;
3796 }
3797
3798 # Swing and a miss. Bad syntax.
3799 else {
3800 print $OUT
3801 "Deleting an action requires a line number, or '*' for all\n"
3802 ; # hint
3803 }
3804} ## end sub cmd_A
3805
3806=head3 C<delete_action> (API)
3807
3808C<delete_action> accepts either a line number or C<undef>. If a line number
3809is specified, we check for the line being executable (if it's not, it
3810couldn't have had an action). If it is, we just take the action off (this
3811will get any kind of an action, including breakpoints).
3812
3813=cut
3814
3815sub delete_action {
3816 my $i = shift;
3817 if (defined($i)) {
3818 # Can there be one?
3819 die "Line $i has no action .\n" if $dbline[$i] == 0;
3820
3821 # Nuke whatever's there.
3822 $dbline{$i} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//; # \^a
3823 delete $dbline{$i} if $dbline{$i} eq '';
3824 }
3825 else {
3826 print $OUT "Deleting all actions...\n";
3827 for my $file (keys %had_breakpoints) {
3828 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
3829 my $max = $#dbline;
3830 my $was;
3831 for ($i = 1 ; $i <= $max ; $i++) {
3832 if (defined $dbline{$i}) {
3833 $dbline{$i} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//;
3834 delete $dbline{$i} if $dbline{$i} eq '';
3835 }
3836 unless ($had_breakpoints{$file} &= ~2) {
3837 delete $had_breakpoints{$file};
3838 }
3839 } ## end for ($i = 1 ; $i <= $max...
3840 } ## end for my $file (keys %had_breakpoints)
3841 } ## end else [ if (defined($i))
3842} ## end sub delete_action
3843
3844=head3 C<cmd_b> (command)
3845
3846Set breakpoints. Since breakpoints can be set in so many places, in so many
3847ways, conditionally or not, the breakpoint code is kind of complex. Mostly,
3848we try to parse the command type, and then shuttle it off to an appropriate
3849subroutine to actually do the work of setting the breakpoint in the right
3850place.
3851
3852=cut
3853
3854sub cmd_b {
3855 my $cmd = shift;
3856 my $line = shift; # [.|line] [cond]
3857 my $dbline = shift;
3858
3859 # Make . the current line number if it's there..
3860 $line =~ s/^\./$dbline/;
3861
3862 # No line number, no condition. Simple break on current line.
3863 if ($line =~ /^\s*$/) {
3864 &cmd_b_line($dbline, 1);
3865 }
3866
3867 # Break on load for a file.
3868 elsif ($line =~ /^load\b\s*(.*)/) {
3869 my $file = $1;
3870 $file =~ s/\s+$//;
3871 &cmd_b_load($file);
3872 }
3873
3874 # b compile|postpone <some sub> [<condition>]
3875 # The interpreter actually traps this one for us; we just put the
3876 # necessary condition in the %postponed hash.
3877 elsif ($line =~ /^(postpone|compile)\b\s*([':A-Za-z_][':\w]*)\s*(.*)/) {
3878 # Capture the condition if there is one. Make it true if none.
3879 my $cond = length $3 ? $3 : '1';
3880
3881 # Save the sub name and set $break to 1 if $1 was 'postpone', 0
3882 # if it was 'compile'.
3883 my ($subname, $break) = ($2, $1 eq 'postpone');
3884
3885 # De-Perl4-ify the name - ' separators to ::.
3886 $subname =~ s/\'/::/g;
3887
3888 # Qualify it into the current package unless it's already qualified.
3889 $subname = "${'package'}::" . $subname unless $subname =~ /::/;
3890
3891 # Add main if it starts with ::.
3892 $subname = "main" . $subname if substr($subname, 0, 2) eq "::";
3893
3894 # Save the break type for this sub.
3895 $postponed{$subname} = $break ? "break +0 if $cond" : "compile";
3896 } ## end elsif ($line =~ ...
3897
3898 # b <sub name> [<condition>]
3899 elsif ($line =~ /^([':A-Za-z_][':\w]*(?:\[.*\])?)\s*(.*)/) {
3900 #
3901 $subname = $1;
3902 $cond = length $2 ? $2 : '1';
3903 &cmd_b_sub($subname, $cond);
3904 }
3905
3906 # b <line> [<condition>].
3907 elsif ($line =~ /^(\d*)\s*(.*)/) {
3908 # Capture the line. If none, it's the current line.
3909 $line = $1 || $dbline;
3910
3911 # If there's no condition, make it '1'.
3912 $cond = length $2 ? $2 : '1';
3913
3914 # Break on line.
3915 &cmd_b_line($line, $cond);
3916 }
3917
3918 # Line didn't make sense.
3919 else {
3920 print "confused by line($line)?\n";
3921 }
3922} ## end sub cmd_b
3923
3924=head3 C<break_on_load> (API)
3925
3926We want to break when this file is loaded. Mark this file in the
3927C<%break_on_load> hash, and note that it has a breakpoint in
3928C<%had_breakpoints>.
3929
3930=cut
3931
3932sub break_on_load {
3933 my $file = shift;
3934 $break_on_load{$file} = 1;
3935 $had_breakpoints{$file} |= 1;
3936}
3937
3938=head3 C<report_break_on_load> (API)
3939
3940Gives us an array of filenames that are set to break on load. Note that
3941only files with break-on-load are in here, so simply showing the keys
3942suffices.
3943
3944=cut
3945
3946sub report_break_on_load {
3947 sort keys %break_on_load;
3948}
3949
3950=head3 C<cmd_b_load> (command)
3951
3952We take the file passed in and try to find it in C<%INC> (which maps modules
3953to files they came from). We mark those files for break-on-load via
3954C<break_on_load> and then report that it was done.
3955
3956=cut
3957
3958sub cmd_b_load {
3959 my $file = shift;
3960 my @files;
3961
3962 # This is a block because that way we can use a redo inside it
3963 # even without there being any looping structure at all outside it.
3964 {
3965 # Save short name and full path if found.
3966 push @files, $file;
3967 push @files, $::INC{$file} if $::INC{$file};
3968
3969 # Tack on .pm and do it again unless there was a '.' in the name
3970 # already.
3971 $file .= '.pm', redo unless $file =~ /\./;
3972 }
3973
3974 # Do the real work here.
3975 break_on_load($_) for @files;
3976
3977 # All the files that have break-on-load breakpoints.
3978 @files = report_break_on_load;
3979
3980 # Normalize for the purposes of our printing this.
3981 local $\ = '';
3982 local $" = ' ';
3983 print $OUT "Will stop on load of `@files'.\n";
3984} ## end sub cmd_b_load
3985
3986=head3 C<$filename_error> (API package global)
3987
3988Several of the functions we need to implement in the API need to work both
3989on the current file and on other files. We don't want to duplicate code, so
3990C<$filename_error> is used to contain the name of the file that's being
3991worked on (if it's not the current one).
3992
3993We can now build functions in pairs: the basic function works on the current
3994file, and uses C<$filename_error> as part of its error message. Since this is
3995initialized to C<''>, no filename will appear when we are working on the
3996current file.
3997
3998The second function is a wrapper which does the following:
3999
4000=over 4
4001
4002=item * Localizes C<$filename_error> and sets it to the name of the file to be processed.
4003
4004=item * Localizes the C<*dbline> glob and reassigns it to point to the file we want to process.
4005
4006=item * Calls the first function.
4007
4008The first function works on the "current" (i.e., the one we changed to) file,
4009and prints C<$filename_error> in the error message (the name of the other file)
4010if it needs to. When the functions return, C<*dbline> is restored to point to the actual current file (the one we're executing in) and C<$filename_error> is
4011restored to C<''>. This restores everything to the way it was before the
4012second function was called at all.
4013
4014See the comments in C<breakable_line> and C<breakable_line_in_file> for more
4015details.
4016
4017=back
4018
4019=cut
4020
4021$filename_error = '';
4022
4023=head3 breakable_line($from, $to) (API)
4024
4025The subroutine decides whether or not a line in the current file is breakable.
4026It walks through C<@dbline> within the range of lines specified, looking for
4027the first line that is breakable.
4028
4029If C<$to> is greater than C<$from>, the search moves forwards, finding the
4030first line I<after> C<$to> that's breakable, if there is one.
4031
4032If C<$from> is greater than C<$to>, the search goes I<backwards>, finding the
4033first line I<before> C<$to> that's breakable, if there is one.
4034
4035=cut
4036
4037sub breakable_line {
4038
4039 my ($from, $to) = @_;
4040
4041 # $i is the start point. (Where are the FORTRAN programs of yesteryear?)
4042 my $i = $from;
4043
4044 # If there are at least 2 arguments, we're trying to search a range.
4045 if (@_ >= 2) {
4046
4047 # $delta is positive for a forward search, negative for a backward one.
4048 my $delta = $from < $to ? +1 : -1;
4049
4050 # Keep us from running off the ends of the file.
4051 my $limit = $delta > 0 ? $#dbline : 1;
4052
4053 # Clever test. If you're a mathematician, it's obvious why this
4054 # test works. If not:
4055 # If $delta is positive (going forward), $limit will be $#dbline.
4056 # If $to is less than $limit, ($limit - $to) will be positive, times
4057 # $delta of 1 (positive), so the result is > 0 and we should use $to
4058 # as the stopping point.
4059 #
4060 # If $to is greater than $limit, ($limit - $to) is negative,
4061 # times $delta of 1 (positive), so the result is < 0 and we should
4062 # use $limit ($#dbline) as the stopping point.
4063 #
4064 # If $delta is negative (going backward), $limit will be 1.
4065 # If $to is zero, ($limit - $to) will be 1, times $delta of -1
4066 # (negative) so the result is > 0, and we use $to as the stopping
4067 # point.
4068 #
4069 # If $to is less than zero, ($limit - $to) will be positive,
4070 # times $delta of -1 (negative), so the result is not > 0, and
4071 # we use $limit (1) as the stopping point.
4072 #
4073 # If $to is 1, ($limit - $to) will zero, times $delta of -1
4074 # (negative), still giving zero; the result is not > 0, and
4075 # we use $limit (1) as the stopping point.
4076 #
4077 # if $to is >1, ($limit - $to) will be negative, times $delta of -1
4078 # (negative), giving a positive (>0) value, so we'll set $limit to
4079 # $to.
4080
4081 $limit = $to if ($limit - $to) * $delta > 0;
4082
4083 # The real search loop.
4084 # $i starts at $from (the point we want to start searching from).
4085 # We move through @dbline in the appropriate direction (determined
4086 # by $delta: either -1 (back) or +1 (ahead).
4087 # We stay in as long as we haven't hit an executable line
4088 # ($dbline[$i] == 0 means not executable) and we haven't reached
4089 # the limit yet (test similar to the above).
4090 $i += $delta while $dbline[$i] == 0 and ($limit - $i) * $delta > 0;
4091
4092 } ## end if (@_ >= 2)
4093
4094 # If $i points to a line that is executable, return that.
4095 return $i unless $dbline[$i] == 0;
4096
4097 # Format the message and print it: no breakable lines in range.
4098 my ($pl, $upto) = ('', '');
4099 ($pl, $upto) = ('s', "..$to") if @_ >= 2 and $from != $to;
4100
4101 # If there's a filename in filename_error, we'll see it.
4102 # If not, not.
4103 die "Line$pl $from$upto$filename_error not breakable\n";
4104} ## end sub breakable_line
4105
4106=head3 breakable_line_in_filename($file, $from, $to) (API)
4107
4108Like C<breakable_line>, but look in another file.
4109
4110=cut
4111
4112sub breakable_line_in_filename {
4113 # Capture the file name.
4114 my ($f) = shift;
4115
4116 # Swap the magic line array over there temporarily.
4117 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $f };
4118
4119 # If there's an error, it's in this other file.
4120 local $filename_error = " of `$f'";
4121
4122 # Find the breakable line.
4123 breakable_line(@_);
4124
4125 # *dbline and $filename_error get restored when this block ends.
4126
4127} ## end sub breakable_line_in_filename
4128
4129=head3 break_on_line(lineno, [condition]) (API)
4130
4131Adds a breakpoint with the specified condition (or 1 if no condition was
4132specified) to the specified line. Dies if it can't.
4133
4134=cut
4135
4136sub break_on_line {
4137 my ($i, $cond) = @_;
4138
4139 # Always true if no condition supplied.
4140 $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 2;
4141
4142 my $inii = $i;
4143 my $after = '';
4144 my $pl = '';
4145
4146 # Woops, not a breakable line. $filename_error allows us to say
4147 # if it was in a different file.
4148 die "Line $i$filename_error not breakable.\n" if $dbline[$i] == 0;
4149
4150 # Mark this file as having breakpoints in it.
4151 $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 1;
4152
4153 # If there is an action or condition here already ...
4154 if ($dbline{$i}) {
4155 # ... swap this condition for the existing one.
4156 $dbline{$i} =~ s/^[^\0]*/$cond/;
4157 }
4158 else {
4159 # Nothing here - just add the condition.
4160 $dbline{$i} = $cond;
4161 }
4162} ## end sub break_on_line
4163
4164=head3 cmd_b_line(line, [condition]) (command)
4165
4166Wrapper for C<break_on_line>. Prints the failure message if it
4167doesn't work.
4168
4169=cut
4170
4171sub cmd_b_line {
4172 eval { break_on_line(@_); 1 } or do {
4173 local $\ = '';
4174 print $OUT $@ and return;
4175 };
4176} ## end sub cmd_b_line
4177
4178=head3 break_on_filename_line(file, line, [condition]) (API)
4179
4180Switches to the file specified and then calls C<break_on_line> to set
4181the breakpoint.
4182
4183=cut
4184
4185sub break_on_filename_line {
4186 my ($f, $i, $cond) = @_;
4187
4188 # Always true if condition left off.
4189 $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 3;
4190
4191 # Switch the magical hash temporarily.
4192 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $f };
4193
4194 # Localize the variables that break_on_line uses to make its message.
4195 local $filename_error = " of `$f'";
4196 local $filename = $f;
4197
4198 # Add the breakpoint.
4199 break_on_line($i, $cond);
4200} ## end sub break_on_filename_line
4201
4202=head3 break_on_filename_line_range(file, from, to, [condition]) (API)
4203
4204Switch to another file, search the range of lines specified for an
4205executable one, and put a breakpoint on the first one you find.
4206
4207=cut
4208
4209sub break_on_filename_line_range {
4210 my ($f, $from, $to, $cond) = @_;
4211
4212 # Find a breakable line if there is one.
4213 my $i = breakable_line_in_filename($f, $from, $to);
4214
4215 # Always true if missing.
4216 $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 3;
4217
4218 # Add the breakpoint.
4219 break_on_filename_line($f, $i, $cond);
4220} ## end sub break_on_filename_line_range
4221
4222=head3 subroutine_filename_lines(subname, [condition]) (API)
4223
4224Search for a subroutine within a given file. The condition is ignored.
4225Uses C<find_sub> to locate the desired subroutine.
4226
4227=cut
4228
4229sub subroutine_filename_lines {
4230 my ($subname, $cond) = @_;
4231
4232 # Returned value from find_sub() is fullpathname:startline-endline.
4233 # The match creates the list (fullpathname, start, end). Falling off
4234 # the end of the subroutine returns this implicitly.
4235 find_sub($subname) =~ /^(.*):(\d+)-(\d+)$/;
4236} ## end sub subroutine_filename_lines
4237
4238=head3 break_subroutine(subname) (API)
4239
4240Places a break on the first line possible in the specified subroutine. Uses
4241C<subroutine_filename_lines> to find the subroutine, and
4242C<break_on_filename_line_range> to place the break.
4243
4244=cut
4245
4246sub break_subroutine {
4247 my $subname = shift;
4248
4249 # Get filename, start, and end.
4250 my ($file, $s, $e) = subroutine_filename_lines($subname)
4251 or die "Subroutine $subname not found.\n";
4252
4253 # Null condition changes to '1' (always true).
4254 $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 2;
4255
4256 # Put a break the first place possible in the range of lines
4257 # that make up this subroutine.
4258 break_on_filename_line_range($file, $s, $e, @_);
4259} ## end sub break_subroutine
4260
4261=head3 cmd_b_sub(subname, [condition]) (command)
4262
4263We take the incoming subroutine name and fully-qualify it as best we can.
4264
4265=over 4
4266
4267=item 1. If it's already fully-qualified, leave it alone.
4268
4269=item 2. Try putting it in the current package.
4270
4271=item 3. If it's not there, try putting it in CORE::GLOBAL if it exists there.
4272
4273=item 4. If it starts with '::', put it in 'main::'.
4274
4275=back
4276
4277After all this cleanup, we call C<break_subroutine> to try to set the
4278breakpoint.
4279
4280=cut
4281
4282sub cmd_b_sub {
4283 my ($subname, $cond) = @_;
4284
4285 # Add always-true condition if we have none.
4286 $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 2;
4287
4288 # If the subname isn't a code reference, qualify it so that
4289 # break_subroutine() will work right.
4290 unless (ref $subname eq 'CODE') {
4291 # Not Perl4.
4292 $subname =~ s/\'/::/g;
4293 my $s = $subname;
4294
4295 # Put it in this package unless it's already qualified.
4296 $subname = "${'package'}::" . $subname
4297 unless $subname =~ /::/;
4298
4299 # Requalify it into CORE::GLOBAL if qualifying it into this
4300 # package resulted in its not being defined, but only do so
4301 # if it really is in CORE::GLOBAL.
4302 $subname = "CORE::GLOBAL::$s"
4303 if not defined &$subname
4304 and $s !~ /::/
4305 and defined &{"CORE::GLOBAL::$s"};
4306
4307 # Put it in package 'main' if it has a leading ::.
4308 $subname = "main" . $subname if substr($subname, 0, 2) eq "::";
4309
4310 } ## end unless (ref $subname eq 'CODE')
4311
4312 # Try to set the breakpoint.
4313 eval { break_subroutine($subname, $cond); 1 } or do {
4314 local $\ = '';
4315 print $OUT $@ and return;
4316 }
4317} ## end sub cmd_b_sub
4318
4319=head3 C<cmd_B> - delete breakpoint(s) (command)
4320
4321The command mostly parses the command line and tries to turn the argument
4322into a line spec. If it can't, it uses the current line. It then calls
4323C<delete_breakpoint> to actually do the work.
4324
4325If C<*> is specified, C<cmd_B> calls C<delete_breakpoint> with no arguments,
4326thereby deleting all the breakpoints.
4327
4328=cut
4329
4330sub cmd_B {
4331 my $cmd = shift;
4332
4333 # No line spec? Use dbline.
4334 # If there is one, use it if it's non-zero, or wipe it out if it is.
4335 my $line = ($_[0] =~ /^\./) ? $dbline : shift || '';
4336 my $dbline = shift;
4337
4338 # If the line was dot, make the line the current one.
4339 $line =~ s/^\./$dbline/;
4340
4341 # If it's * we're deleting all the breakpoints.
4342 if ($line eq '*') {
4343 eval { &delete_breakpoint(); 1 } or print $OUT $@ and return;
4344 }
4345
4346 # If there is a line spec, delete the breakpoint on that line.
4347 elsif ($line =~ /^(\S.*)/) {
4348 eval { &delete_breakpoint($line || $dbline); 1 } or do {
4349 local $\ = '';
4350 print $OUT $@ and return;
4351 };
4352 } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^(\S.*)/)
4353
4354 # No line spec.
4355 else {
4356 print $OUT
4357 "Deleting a breakpoint requires a line number, or '*' for all\n"
4358 ; # hint
4359 }
4360} ## end sub cmd_B
4361
4362=head3 delete_breakpoint([line]) (API)
4363
4364This actually does the work of deleting either a single breakpoint, or all
4365of them.
4366
4367For a single line, we look for it in C<@dbline>. If it's nonbreakable, we
4368just drop out with a message saying so. If it is, we remove the condition
4369part of the 'condition\0action' that says there's a breakpoint here. If,
4370after we've done that, there's nothing left, we delete the corresponding
4371line in C<%dbline> to signal that no action needs to be taken for this line.
4372
4373For all breakpoints, we iterate through the keys of C<%had_breakpoints>,
4374which lists all currently-loaded files which have breakpoints. We then look
4375at each line in each of these files, temporarily switching the C<%dbline>
4376and C<@dbline> structures to point to the files in question, and do what
4377we did in the single line case: delete the condition in C<@dbline>, and
4378delete the key in C<%dbline> if nothing's left.
4379
4380We then wholesale delete C<%postponed>, C<%postponed_file>, and
4381C<%break_on_load>, because these structures contain breakpoints for files
4382and code that haven't been loaded yet. We can just kill these off because there
4383are no magical debugger structures associated with them.
4384
4385=cut
4386
4387sub delete_breakpoint {
4388 my $i = shift;
4389
4390 # If we got a line, delete just that one.
4391 if (defined($i)) {
4392
4393 # Woops. This line wasn't breakable at all.
4394 die "Line $i not breakable.\n" if $dbline[$i] == 0;
4395
4396 # Kill the condition, but leave any action.
4397 $dbline{$i} =~ s/^[^\0]*//;
4398
4399 # Remove the entry entirely if there's no action left.
4400 delete $dbline{$i} if $dbline{$i} eq '';
4401 }
4402
4403 # No line; delete them all.
4404 else {
4405 print $OUT "Deleting all breakpoints...\n";
4406
4407 # %had_breakpoints lists every file that had at least one
4408 # breakpoint in it.
4409 for my $file (keys %had_breakpoints) {
4410 # Switch to the desired file temporarily.
4411 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
4412
4413 my $max = $#dbline;
4414 my $was;
4415
4416 # For all lines in this file ...
4417 for ($i = 1 ; $i <= $max ; $i++) {
4418 # If there's a breakpoint or action on this line ...
4419 if (defined $dbline{$i}) {
4420 # ... remove the breakpoint.
4421 $dbline{$i} =~ s/^[^\0]+//;
4422 if ($dbline{$i} =~ s/^\0?$//) {
4423 # Remove the entry altogether if no action is there.
4424 delete $dbline{$i};
4425 }
4426 } ## end if (defined $dbline{$i...
4427 } ## end for ($i = 1 ; $i <= $max...
4428
4429 # If, after we turn off the "there were breakpoints in this file"
4430 # bit, the entry in %had_breakpoints for this file is zero,
4431 # we should remove this file from the hash.
4432 if (not $had_breakpoints{$file} &= ~1) {
4433 delete $had_breakpoints{$file};
4434 }
4435 } ## end for my $file (keys %had_breakpoints)
4436
4437 # Kill off all the other breakpoints that are waiting for files that
4438 # haven't been loaded yet.
4439 undef %postponed;
4440 undef %postponed_file;
4441 undef %break_on_load;
4442 } ## end else [ if (defined($i))
4443} ## end sub delete_breakpoint
4444
4445=head3 cmd_stop (command)
4446
4447This is meant to be part of the new command API, but it isn't called or used
4448anywhere else in the debugger. XXX It is probably meant for use in development
4449of new commands.
4450
4451=cut
4452
4453sub cmd_stop { # As on ^C, but not signal-safy.
4454 $signal = 1;
4455}
4456
4457=head3 C<cmd_h> - help command (command)
4458
4459Does the work of either
4460
4461=over 4
4462
4463=item * Showing all the debugger help
4464
4465=item * Showing help for a specific command
4466
4467=back
4468
4469=cut
4470
4471sub cmd_h {
4472 my $cmd = shift;
4473
4474 # If we have no operand, assume null.
4475 my $line = shift || '';
4476
4477 # 'h h'. Print the long-format help.
4478 if ($line =~ /^h\s*/) {
4479 print_help($help);
4480 }
4481
4482 # 'h <something>'. Search for the command and print only its help.
4483 elsif ($line =~ /^(\S.*)$/) {
4484
4485 # support long commands; otherwise bogus errors
4486 # happen when you ask for h on <CR> for example
4487 my $asked = $1; # the command requested
4488 # (for proper error message)
4489
4490 my $qasked = quotemeta($asked); # for searching; we don't
4491 # want to use it as a pattern.
4492 # XXX: finds CR but not <CR>
4493
4494 # Search the help string for the command.
4495 if ($help =~ /^ # Start of a line
4496 <? # Optional '<'
4497 (?:[IB]<) # Optional markup
4498 $qasked # The requested command
4499 /mx) {
4500 # It's there; pull it out and print it.
4501 while ($help =~ /^
4502 (<? # Optional '<'
4503 (?:[IB]<) # Optional markup
4504 $qasked # The command
4505 ([\s\S]*?) # Description line(s)
4506 \n) # End of last description line
4507 (?!\s) # Next line not starting with
4508 # whitespace
4509 /mgx) {
4510 print_help($1);
4511 }
4512 }
4513
4514 # Not found; not a debugger command.
4515 else {
4516 print_help("B<$asked> is not a debugger command.\n");
4517 }
4518 } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^(\S.*)$/)
4519
4520 # 'h' - print the summary help.
4521 else {
4522 print_help($summary);
4523 }
4524} ## end sub cmd_h
4525
4526=head3 C<cmd_l> - list lines (command)
4527
4528Most of the command is taken up with transforming all the different line
4529specification syntaxes into 'start-stop'. After that is done, the command
4530runs a loop over C<@dbline> for the specified range of lines. It handles
4531the printing of each line and any markers (C<==E<gt>> for current line,
4532C<b> for break on this line, C<a> for action on this line, C<:> for this
4533line breakable).
4534
4535We save the last line listed in the C<$start> global for further listing
4536later.
4537
4538=cut
4539
4540sub cmd_l {
4541 my $current_line = shift;
4542 my $line = shift;
4543
4544 # If this is '-something', delete any spaces after the dash.
4545 $line =~ s/^-\s*$/-/;
4546
4547 # If the line is '$something', assume this is a scalar containing a
4548 # line number.
4549 if ($line =~ /^(\$.*)/s) {
4550
4551 # Set up for DB::eval() - evaluate in *user* context.
4552 $evalarg = $2;
4553 my ($s) = &eval;
4554
4555 # Ooops. Bad scalar.
4556 print($OUT "Error: $@\n"), next CMD if $@;
4557
4558 # Good scalar. If it's a reference, find what it points to.
4559 $s = CvGV_name($s);
4560 print($OUT "Interpreted as: $1 $s\n");
4561 $line = "$1 $s";
4562
4563 # Call self recursively to really do the command.
4564 &cmd_l('l', $s);
4565 } ## end if ($line =~ /^(\$.*)/s)
4566
4567 # l name. Try to find a sub by that name.
4568 elsif ($line =~ /^([\':A-Za-z_][\':\w]*(\[.*\])?)/s) {
4569 my $s = $subname = $1;
4570
4571 # De-Perl4.
4572 $subname =~ s/\'/::/;
4573
4574 # Put it in this package unless it starts with ::.
4575 $subname = $package . "::" . $subname unless $subname =~ /::/;
4576
4577 # Put it in CORE::GLOBAL if t doesn't start with :: and
4578 # it doesn't live in this package and it lives in CORE::GLOBAL.
4579 $subname = "CORE::GLOBAL::$s"
4580 if not defined &$subname
4581 and $s !~ /::/
4582 and defined &{"CORE::GLOBAL::$s"};
4583
4584 # Put leading '::' names into 'main::'.
4585 $subname = "main" . $subname if substr($subname, 0, 2) eq "::";
4586
4587 # Get name:start-stop from find_sub, and break this up at
4588 # colons.
4589 @pieces = split (/:/, find_sub($subname) || $sub{$subname});
4590
4591 # Pull off start-stop.
4592 $subrange = pop @pieces;
4593
4594 # If the name contained colons, the split broke it up.
4595 # Put it back together.
4596 $file = join (':', @pieces);
4597
4598 # If we're not in that file, switch over to it.
4599 if ($file ne $filename) {
4600 print $OUT "Switching to file '$file'.\n"
4601 unless $slave_editor;
4602
4603 # Switch debugger's magic structures.
4604 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
4605 $max = $#dbline;
4606 $filename = $file;
4607 } ## end if ($file ne $filename)
4608
4609 # Subrange is 'start-stop'. If this is less than a window full,
4610 # swap it to 'start+', which will list a window from the start point.
4611 if ($subrange) {
4612 if (eval($subrange) < -$window) {
4613 $subrange =~ s/-.*/+/;
4614 }
4615 # Call self recursively to list the range.
4616 $line = $subrange;
4617 &cmd_l('l', $subrange);
4618 } ## end if ($subrange)
4619
4620 # Couldn't find it.
4621 else {
4622 print $OUT "Subroutine $subname not found.\n";
4623 }
4624 } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^([\':A-Za-z_][\':\w]*(\[.*\])?)/s)
4625
4626 # Bare 'l' command.
4627 elsif ($line =~ /^\s*$/) {
4628 # Compute new range to list.
4629 $incr = $window - 1;
4630 $line = $start . '-' . ($start + $incr);
4631 # Recurse to do it.
4632 &cmd_l('l', $line);
4633 }
4634
4635 # l [start]+number_of_lines
4636 elsif ($line =~ /^(\d*)\+(\d*)$/) {
4637 # Don't reset start for 'l +nnn'.
4638 $start = $1 if $1;
4639
4640 # Increment for list. Use window size if not specified.
4641 # (Allows 'l +' to work.)
4642 $incr = $2;
4643 $incr = $window - 1 unless $incr;
4644
4645 # Create a line range we'll understand, and recurse to do it.
4646 $line = $start . '-' . ($start + $incr);
4647 &cmd_l('l', $line);
4648 } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^(\d*)\+(\d*)$/)
4649
4650 # l start-stop or l start,stop
4651 elsif ($line =~ /^((-?[\d\$\.]+)([-,]([\d\$\.]+))?)?/) {
4652
4653 # Determine end point; use end of file if not specified.
4654 $end = (!defined $2) ? $max : ($4 ? $4 : $2);
4655
4656 # Go on to the end, and then stop.
4657 $end = $max if $end > $max;
4658
4659 # Determine start line.
4660 $i = $2;
4661 $i = $line if $i eq '.';
4662 $i = 1 if $i < 1;
4663 $incr = $end - $i;
4664
4665 # If we're running under a slave editor, force it to show the lines.
4666 if ($slave_editor) {
4667 print $OUT "\032\032$filename:$i:0\n";
4668 $i = $end;
4669 }
4670
4671 # We're doing it ourselves. We want to show the line and special
4672 # markers for:
4673 # - the current line in execution
4674 # - whether a line is breakable or not
4675 # - whether a line has a break or not
4676 # - whether a line has an action or not
4677 else {
4678 for (; $i <= $end ; $i++) {
4679 # Check for breakpoints and actions.
4680 my ($stop, $action);
4681 ($stop, $action) = split (/\0/, $dbline{$i})
4682 if $dbline{$i};
4683
4684 # ==> if this is the current line in execution,
4685 # : if it's breakable.
4686 $arrow =
4687 ($i == $current_line and $filename eq $filename_ini)
4688 ? '==>'
4689 : ($dbline[$i] + 0 ? ':' : ' ');
4690
4691 # Add break and action indicators.
4692 $arrow .= 'b' if $stop;
4693 $arrow .= 'a' if $action;
4694
4695 # Print the line.
4696 print $OUT "$i$arrow\t", $dbline[$i];
4697
4698 # Move on to the next line. Drop out on an interrupt.
4699 $i++, last if $signal;
4700 } ## end for (; $i <= $end ; $i++)
4701
4702 # Line the prompt up; print a newline if the last line listed
4703 # didn't have a newline.
4704 print $OUT "\n" unless $dbline[$i - 1] =~ /\n$/;
4705 } ## end else [ if ($slave_editor)
4706
4707 # Save the point we last listed to in case another relative 'l'
4708 # command is desired. Don't let it run off the end.
4709 $start = $i;
4710 $start = $max if $start > $max;
4711 } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^((-?[\d\$\.]+)([-,]([\d\$\.]+))?)?/)
4712} ## end sub cmd_l
4713
4714=head3 C<cmd_L> - list breakpoints, actions, and watch expressions (command)
4715
4716To list breakpoints, the command has to look determine where all of them are
4717first. It starts a C<%had_breakpoints>, which tells us what all files have
4718breakpoints and/or actions. For each file, we switch the C<*dbline> glob (the
4719magic source and breakpoint data structures) to the file, and then look
4720through C<%dbline> for lines with breakpoints and/or actions, listing them
4721out. We look through C<%postponed> not-yet-compiled subroutines that have
4722breakpoints, and through C<%postponed_file> for not-yet-C<require>'d files
4723that have breakpoints.
4724
4725Watchpoints are simpler: we just list the entries in C<@to_watch>.
4726
4727=cut
4728
4729sub cmd_L {
4730 my $cmd = shift;
4731
4732 # If no argument, list everything. Pre-5.8.0 version always lists
4733 # everything
4734 my $arg = shift || 'abw';
4735 $arg = 'abw' unless $CommandSet eq '580'; # sigh...
4736
4737 # See what is wanted.
4738 my $action_wanted = ($arg =~ /a/) ? 1 : 0;
4739 my $break_wanted = ($arg =~ /b/) ? 1 : 0;
4740 my $watch_wanted = ($arg =~ /w/) ? 1 : 0;
4741
4742 # Breaks and actions are found together, so we look in the same place
4743 # for both.
4744 if ($break_wanted or $action_wanted) {
4745 # Look in all the files with breakpoints...
4746 for my $file (keys %had_breakpoints) {
4747 # Temporary switch to this file.
4748 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
4749
4750 # Set up to look through the whole file.
4751 my $max = $#dbline;
4752 my $was; # Flag: did we print something
4753 # in this file?
4754
4755 # For each line in the file ...
4756 for ($i = 1 ; $i <= $max ; $i++) {
4757 # We've got something on this line.
4758 if (defined $dbline{$i}) {
4759 # Print the header if we haven't.
4760 print $OUT "$file:\n" unless $was++;
4761
4762 # Print the line.
4763 print $OUT " $i:\t", $dbline[$i];
4764
4765 # Pull out the condition and the action.
4766 ($stop, $action) = split (/\0/, $dbline{$i});
4767
4768 # Print the break if there is one and it's wanted.
4769 print $OUT " break if (", $stop, ")\n"
4770 if $stop
4771 and $break_wanted;
4772
4773 # Print the action if there is one and it's wanted.
4774 print $OUT " action: ", $action, "\n"
4775 if $action
4776 and $action_wanted;
4777
4778 # Quit if the user hit interrupt.
4779 last if $signal;
4780 } ## end if (defined $dbline{$i...
4781 } ## end for ($i = 1 ; $i <= $max...
4782 } ## end for my $file (keys %had_breakpoints)
4783 } ## end if ($break_wanted or $action_wanted)
4784
4785 # Look for breaks in not-yet-compiled subs:
4786 if (%postponed and $break_wanted) {
4787 print $OUT "Postponed breakpoints in subroutines:\n";
4788 my $subname;
4789 for $subname (keys %postponed) {
4790 print $OUT " $subname\t$postponed{$subname}\n";
4791 last if $signal;
4792 }
4793 } ## end if (%postponed and $break_wanted)
4794
4795 # Find files that have not-yet-loaded breaks:
4796 my @have = map { # Combined keys
4797 keys %{ $postponed_file{$_} }
4798 } keys %postponed_file;
4799
4800 # If there are any, list them.
4801 if (@have and ($break_wanted or $action_wanted)) {
4802 print $OUT "Postponed breakpoints in files:\n";
4803 my ($file, $line);
4804
4805 for $file (keys %postponed_file) {
4806 my $db = $postponed_file{$file};
4807 print $OUT " $file:\n";
4808 for $line (sort { $a <=> $b } keys %$db) {
4809 print $OUT " $line:\n";
4810 my ($stop, $action) = split (/\0/, $$db{$line});
4811 print $OUT " break if (", $stop, ")\n"
4812 if $stop
4813 and $break_wanted;
4814 print $OUT " action: ", $action, "\n"
4815 if $action
4816 and $action_wanted;
4817 last if $signal;
4818 } ## end for $line (sort { $a <=>...
4819 last if $signal;
4820 } ## end for $file (keys %postponed_file)
4821 } ## end if (@have and ($break_wanted...
4822 if (%break_on_load and $break_wanted) {
4823 print $OUT "Breakpoints on load:\n";
4824 my $file;
4825 for $file (keys %break_on_load) {
4826 print $OUT " $file\n";
4827 last if $signal;
4828 }
4829 } ## end if (%break_on_load and...
4830 if ($watch_wanted) {
4831 if ($trace & 2) {
4832 print $OUT "Watch-expressions:\n" if @to_watch;
4833 for my $expr (@to_watch) {
4834 print $OUT " $expr\n";
4835 last if $signal;
4836 }
4837 } ## end if ($trace & 2)
4838 } ## end if ($watch_wanted)
4839} ## end sub cmd_L
4840
4841=head3 C<cmd_M> - list modules (command)
4842
4843Just call C<list_modules>.
4844
4845=cut
4846
4847sub cmd_M {
4848 &list_modules();
4849}
4850
4851=head3 C<cmd_o> - options (command)
4852
4853If this is just C<o> by itself, we list the current settings via
4854C<dump_option>. If there's a nonblank value following it, we pass that on to
4855C<parse_options> for processing.
4856
4857=cut
4858
4859sub cmd_o {
4860 my $cmd = shift;
4861 my $opt = shift || ''; # opt[=val]
4862
4863 # Nonblank. Try to parse and process.
4864 if ($opt =~ /^(\S.*)/) {
4865 &parse_options($1);
4866 }
4867
4868 # Blank. List the current option settings.
4869 else {
4870 for (@options) {
4871 &dump_option($_);
4872 }
4873 }
4874} ## end sub cmd_o
4875
4876=head3 C<cmd_O> - nonexistent in 5.8.x (command)
4877
4878Advises the user that the O command has been renamed.
4879
4880=cut
4881
4882sub cmd_O {
4883 print $OUT "The old O command is now the o command.\n"; # hint
4884 print $OUT "Use 'h' to get current command help synopsis or\n"; #
4885 print $OUT "use 'o CommandSet=pre580' to revert to old usage\n"; #
4886}
4887
4888=head3 C<cmd_v> - view window (command)
4889
4890Uses the C<$preview> variable set in the second C<BEGIN> block (q.v.) to
4891move back a few lines to list the selected line in context. Uses C<cmd_l>
4892to do the actual listing after figuring out the range of line to request.
4893
4894=cut
4895
4896sub cmd_v {
4897 my $cmd = shift;
4898 my $line = shift;
4899
4900 # Extract the line to list around. (Astute readers will have noted that
4901 # this pattern will match whether or not a numeric line is specified,
4902 # which means that we'll always enter this loop (though a non-numeric
4903 # argument results in no action at all)).
4904 if ($line =~ /^(\d*)$/) {
4905 # Total number of lines to list (a windowful).
4906 $incr = $window - 1;
4907
4908 # Set the start to the argument given (if there was one).
4909 $start = $1 if $1;
4910
4911 # Back up by the context amount.
4912 $start -= $preview;
4913
4914 # Put together a linespec that cmd_l will like.
4915 $line = $start . '-' . ($start + $incr);
4916
4917 # List the lines.
4918 &cmd_l('l', $line);
4919 } ## end if ($line =~ /^(\d*)$/)
4920} ## end sub cmd_v
4921
4922=head3 C<cmd_w> - add a watch expression (command)
4923
4924The 5.8 version of this command adds a watch expression if one is specified;
4925it does nothing if entered with no operands.
4926
4927We extract the expression, save it, evaluate it in the user's context, and
4928save the value. We'll re-evaluate it each time the debugger passes a line,
4929and will stop (see the code at the top of the command loop) if the value
4930of any of the expressions changes.
4931
4932=cut
4933
4934sub cmd_w {
4935 my $cmd = shift;
4936
4937 # Null expression if no arguments.
4938 my $expr = shift || '';
4939
4940 # If expression is not null ...
4941 if ($expr =~ /^(\S.*)/) {
4942 # ... save it.
4943 push @to_watch, $expr;
4944
4945 # Parameterize DB::eval and call it to get the expression's value
4946 # in the user's context. This version can handle expressions which
4947 # return a list value.
4948 $evalarg = $expr;
4949 my ($val) = join(' ', &eval);
4950 $val = (defined $val) ? "'$val'" : 'undef';
4951
4952 # Save the current value of the expression.
4953 push @old_watch, $val;
4954
4955 # We are now watching expressions.
4956 $trace |= 2;
4957 } ## end if ($expr =~ /^(\S.*)/)
4958
4959 # You have to give one to get one.
4960 else {
4961 print $OUT
4962 "Adding a watch-expression requires an expression\n"; # hint
4963 }
4964} ## end sub cmd_w
4965
4966=head3 C<cmd_W> - delete watch expressions (command)
4967
4968This command accepts either a watch expression to be removed from the list
4969of watch expressions, or C<*> to delete them all.
4970
4971If C<*> is specified, we simply empty the watch expression list and the
4972watch expression value list. We also turn off the bit that says we've got
4973watch expressions.
4974
4975If an expression (or partial expression) is specified, we pattern-match
4976through the expressions and remove the ones that match. We also discard
4977the corresponding values. If no watch expressions are left, we turn off
4978the 'watching expressions' bit.
4979
4980=cut
4981
4982sub cmd_W {
4983 my $cmd = shift;
4984 my $expr = shift || '';
4985
4986 # Delete them all.
4987 if ($expr eq '*') {
4988 # Not watching now.
4989 $trace &= ~2;
4990
4991 print $OUT "Deleting all watch expressions ...\n";
4992
4993 # And all gone.
4994 @to_watch = @old_watch = ();
4995 }
4996
4997 # Delete one of them.
4998 elsif ($expr =~ /^(\S.*)/) {
4999 # Where we are in the list.
5000 my $i_cnt = 0;
5001
5002 # For each expression ...
5003 foreach (@to_watch) {
5004 my $val = $to_watch[$i_cnt];
5005
5006 # Does this one match the command argument?
5007 if ($val eq $expr) { # =~ m/^\Q$i$/) {
5008 # Yes. Turn it off.
5009 splice(@to_watch, $i_cnt, 1);
5010 # We ought to kill the value too, oughtn't we?
5011 # But we don't. XXX This is a bug.
5012 }
5013 $i_cnt++;
5014 } ## end foreach (@to_watch)
5015
5016 # We probably should see if they're all gone. But we don't.
5017 # No bug shows up for this because the 'check watch expressions'
5018 # code iterates over the @to_watch array. Since it's empty, nothing
5019 # untoward happens.
5020 } ## end elsif ($expr =~ /^(\S.*)/)
5021
5022 # No command arguments entered.
5023 else {
5024 print $OUT
5025"Deleting a watch-expression requires an expression, or '*' for all\n"
5026 ; # hint
5027 }
5028} ## end sub cmd_W
5029
5030### END of the API section
5031
5032=head1 SUPPORT ROUTINES
5033
5034These are general support routines that are used in a number of places
5035throughout the debugger.
5036
5037=head2 save
5038
5039save() saves the user's versions of globals that would mess us up in C<@saved>,
5040and installs the versions we like better.
5041
5042=cut
5043
5044sub save {
5045 # Save eval failure, command failure, extended OS error, output field
5046 # separator, input record separator, output record separator and
5047 # the warning setting.
5048 @saved = ($@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W);
5049
5050 $, = ""; # output field separator is null string
5051 $/ = "\n"; # input record separator is newline
5052 $\ = ""; # output record separator is null string
5053 $^W = 0; # warnings are off
5054} ## end sub save
5055
5056=head2 C<print_lineinfo> - show where we are now
5057
5058print_lineinfo prints whatever it is that it is handed; it prints it to the
5059C<$LINEINFO> filehandle instead of just printing it to STDOUT. This allows
5060us to feed line information to a slave editor without messing up the
5061debugger output.
5062
5063=cut
5064
5065sub print_lineinfo {
5066 # Make the terminal sensible if we're not the primary debugger.
5067 resetterm(1) if $LINEINFO eq $OUT and $term_pid != $$;
5068 local $\ = '';
5069 local $, = '';
5070 print $LINEINFO @_;
5071} ## end sub print_lineinfo
5072
5073=head2 C<postponed_sub>
5074
5075Handles setting postponed breakpoints in subroutines once they're compiled.
5076For breakpoints, we use C<DB::find_sub> to locate the source file and line
5077range for the subroutine, then mark the file as having a breakpoint,
5078temporarily switch the C<*dbline> glob over to the source file, and then
5079search the given range of lines to find a breakable line. If we find one,
5080we set the breakpoint on it, deleting the breakpoint from C<%postponed>.
5081
5082=cut
5083
5084# The following takes its argument via $evalarg to preserve current @_
5085
5086sub postponed_sub {
5087 # Get the subroutine name.
5088 my $subname = shift;
5089
5090 # If this is a 'break +<n> if <condition>' ...
5091 if ($postponed{$subname} =~ s/^break\s([+-]?\d+)\s+if\s//) {
5092 # If there's no offset, use '+0'.
5093 my $offset = $1 || 0;
5094
5095 # find_sub's value is 'fullpath-filename:start-stop'. It's
5096 # possible that the filename might have colons in it too.
5097 my ($file, $i) = (find_sub($subname) =~ /^(.*):(\d+)-.*$/);
5098 if ($i) {
5099 # We got the start line. Add the offset '+<n>' from
5100 # $postponed{subname}.
5101 $i += $offset;
5102
5103 # Switch to the file this sub is in, temporarily.
5104 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
5105
5106 # No warnings, please.
5107 local $^W = 0; # != 0 is magical below
5108
5109 # This file's got a breakpoint in it.
5110 $had_breakpoints{$file} |= 1;
5111
5112 # Last line in file.
5113 my $max = $#dbline;
5114
5115 # Search forward until we hit a breakable line or get to
5116 # the end of the file.
5117 ++$i until $dbline[$i] != 0 or $i >= $max;
5118
5119 # Copy the breakpoint in and delete it from %postponed.
5120 $dbline{$i} = delete $postponed{$subname};
5121 } ## end if ($i)
5122
5123 # find_sub didn't find the sub.
5124 else {
5125 local $\ = '';
5126 print $OUT "Subroutine $subname not found.\n";
5127 }
5128 return;
5129 } ## end if ($postponed{$subname...
5130 elsif ($postponed{$subname} eq 'compile') { $signal = 1 }
5131
5132 #print $OUT "In postponed_sub for `$subname'.\n";
5133} ## end sub postponed_sub
5134
5135=head2 C<postponed>
5136
5137Called after each required file is compiled, but before it is executed;
5138also called if the name of a just-compiled subroutine is a key of
5139C<%postponed>. Propagates saved breakpoints (from C<b compile>, C<b load>,
5140etc.) into the just-compiled code.
5141
5142If this is a C<require>'d file, the incoming parameter is the glob
5143C<*{"_<$filename"}>, with C<$filename> the name of the C<require>'d file.
5144
5145If it's a subroutine, the incoming parameter is the subroutine name.
5146
5147=cut
5148
5149sub postponed {
5150 # If there's a break, process it.
5151 if ($ImmediateStop) {
5152 # Right, we've stopped. Turn it off.
5153 $ImmediateStop = 0;
5154
5155 # Enter the command loop when DB::DB gets called.
5156 $signal = 1;
5157 }
5158
5159 # If this is a subroutine, let postponed_sub() deal with it.
5160 return &postponed_sub unless ref \$_[0] eq 'GLOB';
5161
5162 # Not a subroutine. Deal with the file.
5163 local *dbline = shift;
5164 my $filename = $dbline;
5165 $filename =~ s/^_<//;
5166 local $\ = '';
5167 $signal = 1, print $OUT "'$filename' loaded...\n"
5168 if $break_on_load{$filename};
5169 print_lineinfo(' ' x $stack_depth, "Package $filename.\n") if $frame;
5170
5171 # Do we have any breakpoints to put in this file?
5172 return unless $postponed_file{$filename};
5173
5174 # Yes. Mark this file as having breakpoints.
5175 $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 1;
5176
5177 # "Cannot be done: unsufficient magic" - we can't just put the
5178 # breakpoints saved in %postponed_file into %dbline by assigning
5179 # the whole hash; we have to do it one item at a time for the
5180 # breakpoints to be set properly.
5181 #%dbline = %{$postponed_file{$filename}};
5182
5183 # Set the breakpoints, one at a time.
5184 my $key;
5185
5186 for $key (keys %{ $postponed_file{$filename} }) {
5187 # Stash the saved breakpoint into the current file's magic line array.
5188 $dbline{$key} = ${ $postponed_file{$filename} }{$key};
5189 }
5190
5191 # This file's been compiled; discard the stored breakpoints.
5192 delete $postponed_file{$filename};
5193
5194} ## end sub postponed
5195
5196=head2 C<dumpit>
5197
5198C<dumpit> is the debugger's wrapper around dumpvar.pl.
5199
5200It gets a filehandle (to which C<dumpvar.pl>'s output will be directed) and
5201a reference to a variable (the thing to be dumped) as its input.
5202
5203The incoming filehandle is selected for output (C<dumpvar.pl> is printing to
5204the currently-selected filehandle, thank you very much). The current
5205values of the package globals C<$single> and C<$trace> are backed up in
5206lexicals, and they are turned off (this keeps the debugger from trying
5207to single-step through C<dumpvar.pl> (I think.)). C<$frame> is localized to
5208preserve its current value and it is set to zero to prevent entry/exit
5209messages from printing, and C<$doret> is localized as well and set to -2 to
5210prevent return values from being shown.
5211
5212C<dumpit()> then checks to see if it needs to load C<dumpvar.pl> and
5213tries to load it (note: if you have a C<dumpvar.pl> ahead of the
5214installed version in @INC, yours will be used instead. Possible security
5215problem?).
5216
5217It then checks to see if the subroutine C<main::dumpValue> is now defined
5218(it should have been defined by C<dumpvar.pl>). If it has, C<dumpit()>
5219localizes the globals necessary for things to be sane when C<main::dumpValue()>
5220is called, and picks up the variable to be dumped from the parameter list.
5221
5222It checks the package global C<%options> to see if there's a C<dumpDepth>
5223specified. If not, -1 is assumed; if so, the supplied value gets passed on to
5224C<dumpvar.pl>. This tells C<dumpvar.pl> where to leave off when dumping a
5225structure: -1 means dump everything.
5226
5227C<dumpValue()> is then called if possible; if not, C<dumpit()>just prints a
5228warning.
5229
5230In either case, C<$single>, C<$trace>, C<$frame>, and C<$doret> are restored
5231and we then return to the caller.
5232
5233=cut
5234
5235sub dumpit {
5236 # Save the current output filehandle and switch to the one
5237 # passed in as the first parameter.
5238 local ($savout) = select(shift);
5239
5240 # Save current settings of $single and $trace, and then turn them off.
5241 my $osingle = $single;
5242 my $otrace = $trace;
5243 $single = $trace = 0;
5244
5245 # XXX Okay, what do $frame and $doret do, again?
5246 local $frame = 0;
5247 local $doret = -2;
5248
5249 # Load dumpvar.pl unless we've already got the sub we need from it.
5250 unless (defined &main::dumpValue) {
5251 do 'dumpvar.pl';
5252 }
5253
5254 # If the load succeeded (or we already had dumpvalue()), go ahead
5255 # and dump things.
5256 if (defined &main::dumpValue) {
5257 local $\ = '';
5258 local $, = '';
5259 local $" = ' ';
5260 my $v = shift;
5261 my $maxdepth = shift || $option{dumpDepth};
5262 $maxdepth = -1 unless defined $maxdepth; # -1 means infinite depth
5263 &main::dumpValue($v, $maxdepth);
5264 } ## end if (defined &main::dumpValue)
5265
5266 # Oops, couldn't load dumpvar.pl.
5267 else {
5268 local $\ = '';
5269 print $OUT "dumpvar.pl not available.\n";
5270 }
5271
5272 # Reset $single and $trace to their old values.
5273 $single = $osingle;
5274 $trace = $otrace;
5275
5276 # Restore the old filehandle.
5277 select($savout);
5278} ## end sub dumpit
5279
5280=head2 C<print_trace>
5281
5282C<print_trace>'s job is to print a stack trace. It does this via the
5283C<dump_trace> routine, which actually does all the ferreting-out of the
5284stack trace data. C<print_trace> takes care of formatting it nicely and
5285printing it to the proper filehandle.
5286
5287Parameters:
5288
5289=over 4
5290
5291=item * The filehandle to print to.
5292
5293=item * How many frames to skip before starting trace.
5294
5295=item * How many frames to print.
5296
5297=item * A flag: if true, print a "short" trace without filenames, line numbers, or arguments
5298
5299=back
5300
5301The original comment below seems to be noting that the traceback may not be
5302correct if this routine is called in a tied method.
5303
5304=cut
5305
5306# Tied method do not create a context, so may get wrong message:
5307
5308sub print_trace {
5309 local $\ = '';
5310 my $fh = shift;
5311 # If this is going to a slave editor, but we're not the primary
5312 # debugger, reset it first.
5313 resetterm(1)
5314 if $fh eq $LINEINFO # slave editor
5315 and $LINEINFO eq $OUT # normal output
5316 and $term_pid != $$; # not the primary
5317
5318 # Collect the actual trace information to be formatted.
5319 # This is an array of hashes of subroutine call info.
5320 my @sub = dump_trace($_[0] + 1, $_[1]);
5321
5322 # Grab the "short report" flag from @_.
5323 my $short = $_[2]; # Print short report, next one for sub name
5324
5325 # Run through the traceback info, format it, and print it.
5326 my $s;
5327 for ($i = 0 ; $i <= $#sub ; $i++) {
5328 # Drop out if the user has lost interest and hit control-C.
5329 last if $signal;
5330
5331 # Set the separator so arrys print nice.
5332 local $" = ', ';
5333
5334 # Grab and stringify the arguments if they are there.
5335 my $args =
5336 defined $sub[$i]{args}
5337 ? "(@{ $sub[$i]{args} })"
5338 : '';
5339 # Shorten them up if $maxtrace says they're too long.
5340 $args = (substr $args, 0, $maxtrace - 3) . '...'
5341 if length $args > $maxtrace;
5342
5343 # Get the file name.
5344 my $file = $sub[$i]{file};
5345
5346 # Put in a filename header if short is off.
5347 $file = $file eq '-e' ? $file : "file `$file'" unless $short;
5348
5349 # Get the actual sub's name, and shorten to $maxtrace's requirement.
5350 $s = $sub[$i]{sub};
5351 $s = (substr $s, 0, $maxtrace - 3) . '...' if length $s > $maxtrace;
5352
5353 # Short report uses trimmed file and sub names.
5354 if ($short) {
5355 my $sub = @_ >= 4 ? $_[3] : $s;
5356 print $fh
5357 "$sub[$i]{context}=$sub$args from $file:$sub[$i]{line}\n";
5358 } ## end if ($short)
5359
5360 # Non-short report includes full names.
5361 else {
5362 print $fh "$sub[$i]{context} = $s$args" . " called from $file" .
5363 " line $sub[$i]{line}\n";
5364 }
5365 } ## end for ($i = 0 ; $i <= $#sub...
5366} ## end sub print_trace
5367
5368=head2 dump_trace(skip[,count])
5369
5370Actually collect the traceback information available via C<caller()>. It does
5371some filtering and cleanup of the data, but mostly it just collects it to
5372make C<print_trace()>'s job easier.
5373
5374C<skip> defines the number of stack frames to be skipped, working backwards
5375from the most current. C<count> determines the total number of frames to
5376be returned; all of them (well, the first 10^9) are returned if C<count>
5377is omitted.
5378
5379This routine returns a list of hashes, from most-recent to least-recent
5380stack frame. Each has the following keys and values:
5381
5382=over 4
5383
5384=item * C<context> - C<.> (null), C<$> (scalar), or C<@> (array)
5385
5386=item * C<sub> - subroutine name, or C<eval> information
5387
5388=item * C<args> - undef, or a reference to an array of arguments
5389
5390=item * C<file> - the file in which this item was defined (if any)
5391
5392=item * C<line> - the line on which it was defined
5393
5394=back
5395
5396=cut
5397
5398sub dump_trace {
5399
5400 # How many levels to skip.
5401 my $skip = shift;
5402
5403 # How many levels to show. (1e9 is a cheap way of saying "all of them";
5404 # it's unlikely that we'll have more than a billion stack frames. If you
5405 # do, you've got an awfully big machine...)
5406 my $count = shift || 1e9;
5407
5408 # We increment skip because caller(1) is the first level *back* from
5409 # the current one. Add $skip to the count of frames so we have a
5410 # simple stop criterion, counting from $skip to $count+$skip.
5411 $skip++;
5412 $count += $skip;
5413
5414 # These variables are used to capture output from caller();
5415 my ($p, $file, $line, $sub, $h, $context);
5416
5417 my ($e, $r, @a, @sub, $args);
5418
5419 # XXX Okay... why'd we do that?
5420 my $nothard = not $frame & 8;
5421 local $frame = 0;
5422
5423 # Do not want to trace this.
5424 my $otrace = $trace;
5425 $trace = 0;
5426
5427 # Start out at the skip count.
5428 # If we haven't reached the number of frames requested, and caller() is
5429 # still returning something, stay in the loop. (If we pass the requested
5430 # number of stack frames, or we run out - caller() returns nothing - we
5431 # quit.
5432 # Up the stack frame index to go back one more level each time.
5433 for (
5434 $i = $skip ;
5435 $i < $count
5436 and ($p, $file, $line, $sub, $h, $context, $e, $r) = caller($i) ;
5437 $i++
5438 )
5439 {
5440
5441 # Go through the arguments and save them for later.
5442 @a = ();
5443 for $arg (@args) {
5444 my $type;
5445 if (not defined $arg) { # undefined parameter
5446 push @a, "undef";
5447 }
5448
5449 elsif ($nothard and tied $arg) { # tied parameter
5450 push @a, "tied";
5451 }
5452 elsif ($nothard and $type = ref $arg) { # reference
5453 push @a, "ref($type)";
5454 }
5455 else { # can be stringified
5456 local $_ =
5457 "$arg"; # Safe to stringify now - should not call f().
5458
5459 # Backslash any single-quotes or backslashes.
5460 s/([\'\\])/\\$1/g;
5461
5462 # Single-quote it unless it's a number or a colon-separated
5463 # name.
5464 s/(.*)/'$1'/s
5465 unless /^(?: -?[\d.]+ | \*[\w:]* )$/x;
5466
5467 # Turn high-bit characters into meta-whatever.
5468 s/([\200-\377])/sprintf("M-%c",ord($1)&0177)/eg;
5469
5470 # Turn control characters into ^-whatever.
5471 s/([\0-\37\177])/sprintf("^%c",ord($1)^64)/eg;
5472
5473 push (@a, $_);
5474 } ## end else [ if (not defined $arg)
5475 } ## end for $arg (@args)
5476
5477 # If context is true, this is array (@)context.
5478 # If context is false, this is scalar ($) context.
5479 # If neither, context isn't defined. (This is apparently a 'can't
5480 # happen' trap.)
5481 $context = $context ? '@' : (defined $context ? "\$" : '.');
5482
5483 # if the sub has args ($h true), make an anonymous array of the
5484 # dumped args.
5485 $args = $h ? [@a] : undef;
5486
5487 # remove trailing newline-whitespace-semicolon-end of line sequence
5488 # from the eval text, if any.
5489 $e =~ s/\n\s*\;\s*\Z// if $e;
5490
5491 # Escape backslashed single-quotes again if necessary.
5492 $e =~ s/([\\\'])/\\$1/g if $e;
5493
5494 # if the require flag is true, the eval text is from a require.
5495 if ($r) {
5496 $sub = "require '$e'";
5497 }
5498 # if it's false, the eval text is really from an eval.
5499 elsif (defined $r) {
5500 $sub = "eval '$e'";
5501 }
5502
5503 # If the sub is '(eval)', this is a block eval, meaning we don't
5504 # know what the eval'ed text actually was.
5505 elsif ($sub eq '(eval)') {
5506 $sub = "eval {...}";
5507 }
5508
5509 # Stick the collected information into @sub as an anonymous hash.
5510 push (
5511 @sub,
5512 {
5513 context => $context,
5514 sub => $sub,
5515 args => $args,
5516 file => $file,
5517 line => $line
5518 }
5519 );
5520
5521 # Stop processing frames if the user hit control-C.
5522 last if $signal;
5523 } ## end for ($i = $skip ; $i < ...
5524
5525 # Restore the trace value again.
5526 $trace = $otrace;
5527 @sub;
5528} ## end sub dump_trace
5529
5530=head2 C<action()>
5531
5532C<action()> takes input provided as the argument to an add-action command,
5533either pre- or post-, and makes sure it's a complete command. It doesn't do
5534any fancy parsing; it just keeps reading input until it gets a string
5535without a trailing backslash.
5536
5537=cut
5538
5539sub action {
5540 my $action = shift;
5541
5542 while ($action =~ s/\\$//) {
5543 # We have a backslash on the end. Read more.
5544 $action .= &gets;
5545 } ## end while ($action =~ s/\\$//)
5546
5547 # Return the assembled action.
5548 $action;
5549} ## end sub action
5550
5551=head2 unbalanced
5552
5553This routine mostly just packages up a regular expression to be used
5554to check that the thing it's being matched against has properly-matched
5555curly braces.
5556
5557Of note is the definition of the $balanced_brace_re global via ||=, which
5558speeds things up by only creating the qr//'ed expression once; if it's
5559already defined, we don't try to define it again. A speed hack.
5560
5561=cut
5562
5563sub unbalanced {
5564
5565 # I hate using globals!
5566 $balanced_brace_re ||= qr{
5567 ^ \{
5568 (?:
5569 (?> [^{}] + ) # Non-parens without backtracking
5570 |
5571 (??{ $balanced_brace_re }) # Group with matching parens
5572 ) *
5573 \} $
5574 }x;
5575 return $_[0] !~ m/$balanced_brace_re/;
5576} ## end sub unbalanced
5577
5578=head2 C<gets()>
5579
5580C<gets()> is a primitive (very primitive) routine to read continuations.
5581It was devised for reading continuations for actions.
5582it just reads more input with X<C<readline()>> and returns it.
5583
5584=cut
5585
5586sub gets {
5587 &readline("cont: ");
5588}
5589
5590=head2 C<DB::system()> - handle calls to<system()> without messing up the debugger
5591
5592The C<system()> function assumes that it can just go ahead and use STDIN and
5593STDOUT, but under the debugger, we want it to use the debugger's input and
5594outout filehandles.
5595
5596C<DB::system()> socks away the program's STDIN and STDOUT, and then substitutes
5597the debugger's IN and OUT filehandles for them. It does the C<system()> call,
5598and then puts everything back again.
5599
5600=cut
5601
5602sub system {
5603
5604 # We save, change, then restore STDIN and STDOUT to avoid fork() since
5605 # some non-Unix systems can do system() but have problems with fork().
5606 open(SAVEIN, "<&STDIN") || &warn("Can't save STDIN");
5607 open(SAVEOUT, ">&STDOUT") || &warn("Can't save STDOUT");
5608 open(STDIN, "<&IN") || &warn("Can't redirect STDIN");
5609 open(STDOUT, ">&OUT") || &warn("Can't redirect STDOUT");
5610
5611 # XXX: using csh or tcsh destroys sigint retvals!
5612 system(@_);
5613 open(STDIN, "<&SAVEIN") || &warn("Can't restore STDIN");
5614 open(STDOUT, ">&SAVEOUT") || &warn("Can't restore STDOUT");
5615 close(SAVEIN);
5616 close(SAVEOUT);
5617
5618 # most of the $? crud was coping with broken cshisms
5619 if ($? >> 8) {
5620 &warn("(Command exited ", ($? >> 8), ")\n");
5621 }
5622 elsif ($?) {
5623 &warn(
5624 "(Command died of SIG#",
5625 ($? & 127),
5626 (($? & 128) ? " -- core dumped" : ""),
5627 ")", "\n"
5628 );
5629 } ## end elsif ($?)
5630
5631 return $?;
5632
5633} ## end sub system
5634
5635=head1 TTY MANAGEMENT
5636
5637The subs here do some of the terminal management for multiple debuggers.
5638
5639=head2 setterm
5640
5641Top-level function called when we want to set up a new terminal for use
5642by the debugger.
5643
5644If the C<noTTY> debugger option was set, we'll either use the terminal
5645supplied (the value of the C<noTTY> option), or we'll use C<Term::Rendezvous>
5646to find one. If we're a forked debugger, we call C<resetterm> to try to
5647get a whole new terminal if we can.
5648
5649In either case, we set up the terminal next. If the C<ReadLine> option was
5650true, we'll get a C<Term::ReadLine> object for the current terminal and save
5651the appropriate attributes. We then
5652
5653=cut
5654
5655sub setterm {
5656 # Load Term::Readline, but quietly; don't debug it and don't trace it.
5657 local $frame = 0;
5658 local $doret = -2;
5659 eval { require Term::ReadLine } or die $@;
5660
5661 # If noTTY is set, but we have a TTY name, go ahead and hook up to it.
5662 if ($notty) {
5663 if ($tty) {
5664 my ($i, $o) = split $tty, /,/;
5665 $o = $i unless defined $o;
5666 open(IN, "<$i") or die "Cannot open TTY `$i' for read: $!";
5667 open(OUT, ">$o") or die "Cannot open TTY `$o' for write: $!";
5668 $IN = \*IN;
5669 $OUT = \*OUT;
5670 my $sel = select($OUT);
5671 $| = 1;
5672 select($sel);
5673 } ## end if ($tty)
5674
5675 # We don't have a TTY - try to find one via Term::Rendezvous.
5676 else {
5677 eval "require Term::Rendezvous;" or die;
5678 # See if we have anything to pass to Term::Rendezvous.
5679 # Use /tmp/perldbtty$$ if not.
5680 my $rv = $ENV{PERLDB_NOTTY} || "/tmp/perldbtty$$";
5681
5682 # Rendezvous and get the filehandles.
5683 my $term_rv = new Term::Rendezvous $rv;
5684 $IN = $term_rv->IN;
5685 $OUT = $term_rv->OUT;
5686 } ## end else [ if ($tty)
5687 } ## end if ($notty)
5688
5689
5690 # We're a daughter debugger. Try to fork off another TTY.
5691 if ($term_pid eq '-1') { # In a TTY with another debugger
5692 resetterm(2);
5693 }
5694
5695 # If we shouldn't use Term::ReadLine, don't.
5696 if (!$rl) {
5697 $term = new Term::ReadLine::Stub 'perldb', $IN, $OUT;
5698 }
5699
5700 # We're using Term::ReadLine. Get all the attributes for this terminal.
5701 else {
5702 $term = new Term::ReadLine 'perldb', $IN, $OUT;
5703
5704 $rl_attribs = $term->Attribs;
5705 $rl_attribs->{basic_word_break_characters} .= '-:+/*,[])}'
5706 if defined $rl_attribs->{basic_word_break_characters}
5707 and index($rl_attribs->{basic_word_break_characters}, ":") == -1;
5708 $rl_attribs->{special_prefixes} = '$@&%';
5709 $rl_attribs->{completer_word_break_characters} .= '$@&%';
5710 $rl_attribs->{completion_function} = \&db_complete;
5711 } ## end else [ if (!$rl)
5712
5713 # Set up the LINEINFO filehandle.
5714 $LINEINFO = $OUT unless defined $LINEINFO;
5715 $lineinfo = $console unless defined $lineinfo;
5716
5717 $term->MinLine(2);
5718
5719 if ($term->Features->{setHistory} and "@hist" ne "?") {
5720 $term->SetHistory(@hist);
5721 }
5722
5723 # XXX Ornaments are turned on unconditionally, which is not
5724 # always a good thing.
5725 ornaments($ornaments) if defined $ornaments;
5726 $term_pid = $$;
5727} ## end sub setterm
5728
5729=head1 GET_FORK_TTY EXAMPLE FUNCTIONS
5730
5731When the process being debugged forks, or the process invokes a command
5732via C<system()> which starts a new debugger, we need to be able to get a new
5733C<IN> and C<OUT> filehandle for the new debugger. Otherwise, the two processes
5734fight over the terminal, and you can never quite be sure who's going to get the
5735input you're typing.
5736
5737C<get_fork_TTY> is a glob-aliased function which calls the real function that
5738is tasked with doing all the necessary operating system mojo to get a new
5739TTY (and probably another window) and to direct the new debugger to read and
5740write there.
5741
5742The debugger provides C<get_fork_TTY> functions which work for X Windows and
5743OS/2. Other systems are not supported. You are encouraged to write
5744C<get_fork_TTY> functions which work for I<your> platform and contribute them.
5745
5746=head3 C<xterm_get_fork_TTY>
5747
5748This function provides the C<get_fork_TTY> function for X windows. If a
5749program running under the debugger forks, a new <xterm> window is opened and
5750the subsidiary debugger is directed there.
5751
5752The C<open()> call is of particular note here. We have the new C<xterm>
5753we're spawning route file number 3 to STDOUT, and then execute the C<tty>
5754command (which prints the device name of the TTY we'll want to use for input
5755and output to STDOUT, then C<sleep> for a very long time, routing this output
5756to file number 3. This way we can simply read from the <XT> filehandle (which
5757is STDOUT from the I<commands> we ran) to get the TTY we want to use.
5758
5759Only works if C<xterm> is in your path and C<$ENV{DISPLAY}>, etc. are
5760properly set up.
5761
5762=cut
5763
5764sub xterm_get_fork_TTY {
5765 (my $name = $0) =~ s,^.*[/\\],,s;
5766 open XT,
5767qq[3>&1 xterm -title "Daughter Perl debugger $pids $name" -e sh -c 'tty 1>&3;\
5768 sleep 10000000' |];
5769
5770 # Get the output from 'tty' and clean it up a little.
5771 my $tty = <XT>;
5772 chomp $tty;
5773
5774 $pidprompt = ''; # Shown anyway in titlebar
5775
5776 # There's our new TTY.
5777 return $tty;
5778} ## end sub xterm_get_fork_TTY
5779
5780=head3 C<os2_get_fork_TTY>
5781
5782XXX It behooves an OS/2 expert to write the necessary documentation for this!
5783
5784=cut
5785
5786# This example function resets $IN, $OUT itself
5787sub os2_get_fork_TTY {
5788 local $^F = 40; # XXXX Fixme!
5789 local $\ = '';
5790 my ($in1, $out1, $in2, $out2);
5791
5792 # Having -d in PERL5OPT would lead to a disaster...
5793 local $ENV{PERL5OPT} = $ENV{PERL5OPT} if $ENV{PERL5OPT};
5794 $ENV{PERL5OPT} =~ s/(?:^|(?<=\s))-d\b// if $ENV{PERL5OPT};
5795 $ENV{PERL5OPT} =~ s/(?:^|(?<=\s))-d\B/-/ if $ENV{PERL5OPT};
5796 print $OUT "Making kid PERL5OPT->`$ENV{PERL5OPT}'.\n" if $ENV{PERL5OPT};
5797 local $ENV{PERL5LIB} = $ENV{PERL5LIB} ? $ENV{PERL5LIB} : $ENV{PERLLIB};
5798 $ENV{PERL5LIB} = '' unless defined $ENV{PERL5LIB};
5799 $ENV{PERL5LIB} = join ';', @ini_INC, split /;/, $ENV{PERL5LIB};
5800 (my $name = $0) =~ s,^.*[/\\],,s;
5801 my @args;
5802
5803 if (
5804 pipe $in1, $out1
5805 and pipe $in2, $out2
5806
5807 # system P_SESSION will fail if there is another process
5808 # in the same session with a "dependent" asynchronous child session.
5809 and @args = (
5810 $rl, fileno $in1, fileno $out2,
5811 "Daughter Perl debugger $pids $name"
5812 )
5813 and (
5814 ($kpid = CORE::system 4, $^X, '-we',
5815 <<'ES', @args) >= 0 # P_SESSION
5816END {sleep 5 unless $loaded}
5817BEGIN {open STDIN, '</dev/con' or warn "reopen stdin: $!"}
5818use OS2::Process;
5819
5820my ($rl, $in) = (shift, shift); # Read from $in and pass through
5821set_title pop;
5822system P_NOWAIT, $^X, '-we', <<EOS or die "Cannot start a grandkid";
5823 open IN, '<&=$in' or die "open <&=$in: \$!";
5824 \$| = 1; print while sysread IN, \$_, 1<<16;
5825EOS
5826
5827my $out = shift;
5828open OUT, ">&=$out" or die "Cannot open &=$out for writing: $!";
5829select OUT; $| = 1;
5830require Term::ReadKey if $rl;
5831Term::ReadKey::ReadMode(4) if $rl; # Nodelay on kbd. Pipe is automatically nodelay...
5832print while sysread STDIN, $_, 1<<($rl ? 16 : 0);
5833ES
5834 or warn "system P_SESSION: $!, $^E" and 0
5835 )
5836 and close $in1
5837 and close $out2
5838 )
5839 {
5840 $pidprompt = ''; # Shown anyway in titlebar
5841 reset_IN_OUT($in2, $out1);
5842 $tty = '*reset*';
5843 return ''; # Indicate that reset_IN_OUT is called
5844 } ## end if (pipe $in1, $out1 and...
5845 return;
5846} ## end sub os2_get_fork_TTY
5847
5848=head2 C<create_IN_OUT($flags)>
5849
5850Create a new pair of filehandles, pointing to a new TTY. If impossible,
5851try to diagnose why.
5852
5853Flags are:
5854
5855=over 4
5856
5857=item * 1 - Don't know how to create a new TTY.
5858
5859=item * 2 - Debugger has forked, but we can't get a new TTY.
5860
5861=item * 4 - standard debugger startup is happening.
5862
5863=back
5864
5865=cut
5866
5867sub create_IN_OUT { # Create a window with IN/OUT handles redirected there
5868
5869 # If we know how to get a new TTY, do it! $in will have
5870 # the TTY name if get_fork_TTY works.
5871 my $in = &get_fork_TTY if defined &get_fork_TTY;
5872
5873 # It used to be that
5874 $in = $fork_TTY if defined $fork_TTY; # Backward compatibility
5875
5876 if (not defined $in) {
5877 my $why = shift;
5878
5879 # We don't know how.
5880 print_help(<<EOP) if $why == 1;
5881I<#########> Forked, but do not know how to create a new B<TTY>. I<#########>
5882EOP
5883
5884 # Forked debugger.
5885 print_help(<<EOP) if $why == 2;
5886I<#########> Daughter session, do not know how to change a B<TTY>. I<#########>
5887 This may be an asynchronous session, so the parent debugger may be active.
5888EOP
5889
5890 # Note that both debuggers are fighting over the same input.
5891 print_help(<<EOP) if $why != 4;
5892 Since two debuggers fight for the same TTY, input is severely entangled.
5893
5894EOP
5895 print_help(<<EOP);
5896 I know how to switch the output to a different window in xterms
5897 and OS/2 consoles only. For a manual switch, put the name of the created I<TTY>
5898 in B<\$DB::fork_TTY>, or define a function B<DB::get_fork_TTY()> returning this.
5899
5900 On I<UNIX>-like systems one can get the name of a I<TTY> for the given window
5901 by typing B<tty>, and disconnect the I<shell> from I<TTY> by B<sleep 1000000>.
5902
5903EOP
5904 } ## end if (not defined $in)
5905 elsif ($in ne '') {
5906 TTY($in);
5907 }
5908 else {
5909 $console = ''; # Indicate no need to open-from-the-console
5910 }
5911 undef $fork_TTY;
5912} ## end sub create_IN_OUT
5913
5914=head2 C<resetterm>
5915
5916Handles rejiggering the prompt when we've forked off a new debugger.
5917
5918If the new debugger happened because of a C<system()> that invoked a
5919program under the debugger, the arrow between the old pid and the new
5920in the prompt has I<two> dashes instead of one.
5921
5922We take the current list of pids and add this one to the end. If there
5923isn't any list yet, we make one up out of the initial pid associated with
5924the terminal and our new pid, sticking an arrow (either one-dashed or
5925two dashed) in between them.
5926
5927If C<CreateTTY> is off, or C<resetterm> was called with no arguments,
5928we don't try to create a new IN and OUT filehandle. Otherwise, we go ahead
5929and try to do that.
5930
5931=cut
5932
5933sub resetterm { # We forked, so we need a different TTY
5934
5935 # Needs to be passed to create_IN_OUT() as well.
5936 my $in = shift;
5937
5938 # resetterm(2): got in here because of a system() starting a debugger.
5939 # resetterm(1): just forked.
5940 my $systemed = $in > 1 ? '-' : '';
5941
5942 # If there's already a list of pids, add this to the end.
5943 if ($pids) {
5944 $pids =~ s/\]/$systemed->$$]/;
5945 }
5946
5947 # No pid list. Time to make one.
5948 else {
5949 $pids = "[$term_pid->$$]";
5950 }
5951
5952 # The prompt we're going to be using for this debugger.
5953 $pidprompt = $pids;
5954
5955 # We now 0wnz this terminal.
5956 $term_pid = $$;
5957
5958 # Just return if we're not supposed to try to create a new TTY.
5959 return unless $CreateTTY & $in;
5960
5961 # Try to create a new IN/OUT pair.
5962 create_IN_OUT($in);
5963} ## end sub resetterm
5964
5965=head2 C<readline>
5966
5967First, we handle stuff in the typeahead buffer. If there is any, we shift off
5968the next line, print a message saying we got it, add it to the terminal
5969history (if possible), and return it.
5970
5971If there's nothing in the typeahead buffer, check the command filehandle stack.
5972If there are any filehandles there, read from the last one, and return the line
5973if we got one. If not, we pop the filehandle off and close it, and try the
5974next one up the stack.
5975
5976If we've emptied the filehandle stack, we check to see if we've got a socket
5977open, and we read that and return it if we do. If we don't, we just call the
5978core C<readline()> and return its value.
5979
5980=cut
5981
5982sub readline {
5983
5984 # Localize to prevent it from being smashed in the program being debugged.
5985 local $.;
5986
5987 # Pull a line out of the typeahead if there's stuff there.
5988 if (@typeahead) {
5989 # How many lines left.
5990 my $left = @typeahead;
5991
5992 # Get the next line.
5993 my $got = shift @typeahead;
5994
5995 # Print a message saying we got input from the typeahead.
5996 local $\ = '';
5997 print $OUT "auto(-$left)", shift, $got, "\n";
5998
5999 # Add it to the terminal history (if possible).
6000 $term->AddHistory($got)
6001 if length($got) > 1
6002 and defined $term->Features->{addHistory};
6003 return $got;
6004 } ## end if (@typeahead)
6005
6006 # We really need to read some input. Turn off entry/exit trace and
6007 # return value printing.
6008 local $frame = 0;
6009 local $doret = -2;
6010
6011 # If there are stacked filehandles to read from ...
6012 while (@cmdfhs) {
6013 # Read from the last one in the stack.
6014 my $line = CORE::readline($cmdfhs[-1]);
6015 # If we got a line ...
6016 defined $line
6017 ? (print $OUT ">> $line" and return $line) # Echo and return
6018 : close pop @cmdfhs; # Pop and close
6019 } ## end while (@cmdfhs)
6020
6021 # Nothing on the filehandle stack. Socket?
6022 if (ref $OUT and UNIVERSAL::isa($OUT, 'IO::Socket::INET')) {
6023 # Send anyting we have to send.
6024 $OUT->write(join ('', @_));
6025
6026 # Receive anything there is to receive.
6027 my $stuff;
6028 $IN->recv($stuff, 2048); # XXX "what's wrong with sysread?"
6029 # XXX Don't know. You tell me.
6030
6031 # What we got.
6032 $stuff;
6033 } ## end if (ref $OUT and UNIVERSAL::isa...
6034
6035 # No socket. Just read from the terminal.
6036 else {
6037 $term->readline(@_);
6038 }
6039} ## end sub readline
6040
6041=head1 OPTIONS SUPPORT ROUTINES
6042
6043These routines handle listing and setting option values.
6044
6045=head2 C<dump_option> - list the current value of an option setting
6046
6047This routine uses C<option_val> to look up the value for an option.
6048It cleans up escaped single-quotes and then displays the option and
6049its value.
6050
6051=cut
6052
6053sub dump_option {
6054 my ($opt, $val) = @_;
6055 $val = option_val($opt, 'N/A');
6056 $val =~ s/([\\\'])/\\$1/g;
6057 printf $OUT "%20s = '%s'\n", $opt, $val;
6058} ## end sub dump_option
6059
6060=head2 C<option_val> - find the current value of an option
6061
6062This can't just be a simple hash lookup because of the indirect way that
6063the option values are stored. Some are retrieved by calling a subroutine,
6064some are just variables.
6065
6066You must supply a default value to be used in case the option isn't set.
6067
6068=cut
6069
6070sub option_val {
6071 my ($opt, $default) = @_;
6072 my $val;
6073
6074 # Does this option exist, and is it a variable?
6075 # If so, retrieve the value via the value in %optionVars.
6076 if ( defined $optionVars{$opt}
6077 and defined ${ $optionVars{$opt} }) {
6078 $val = ${ $optionVars{$opt} };
6079 }
6080
6081 # Does this option exist, and it's a subroutine?
6082 # If so, call the subroutine via the ref in %optionAction
6083 # and capture the value.
6084 elsif ( defined $optionAction{$opt}
6085 and defined &{ $optionAction{$opt} }) {
6086 $val = &{ $optionAction{$opt} }();
6087 }
6088
6089 # If there's an action or variable for the supplied option,
6090 # but no value was set, use the default.
6091 elsif (defined $optionAction{$opt} and not defined $option{$opt}
6092 or defined $optionVars{$opt} and not defined ${ $optionVars{$opt} })
6093 {
6094 $val = $default;
6095 }
6096
6097 # Otherwise, do the simple hash lookup.
6098 else {
6099 $val = $option{$opt};
6100 }
6101
6102 # If the value isn't defined, use the default.
6103 # Then return whatever the value is.
6104 $val = $default unless defined $val;
6105 $val;
6106} ## end sub option_val
6107
6108=head2 C<parse_options>
6109
6110Handles the parsing and execution of option setting/displaying commands.
6111
6112An option entered by itself is assumed to be 'set me to 1' (the default value)
6113if the option is a boolean one. If not, the user is prompted to enter a valid
6114value or to query the current value (via 'option? ').
6115
6116If 'option=value' is entered, we try to extract a quoted string from the
6117value (if it is quoted). If it's not, we just use the whole value as-is.
6118
6119We load any modules required to service this option, and then we set it: if
6120it just gets stuck in a variable, we do that; if there's a subroutine to
6121handle setting the option, we call that.
6122
6123Finally, if we're running in interactive mode, we display the effect of the
6124user's command back to the terminal, skipping this if we're setting things
6125during initialization.
6126
6127=cut
6128
6129sub parse_options {
6130 local ($_) = @_;
6131 local $\ = '';
6132
6133 # These options need a value. Don't allow them to be clobbered by accident.
6134 my %opt_needs_val = map { ($_ => 1) } qw{
6135 dumpDepth arrayDepth hashDepth LineInfo maxTraceLen ornaments windowSize
6136 pager quote ReadLine recallCommand RemotePort ShellBang TTY
6137 };
6138
6139 while (length) {
6140 my $val_defaulted;
6141
6142 # Clean off excess leading whitespace.
6143 s/^\s+// && next;
6144
6145 # Options are always all word characters, followed by a non-word
6146 # separator.
6147 s/^(\w+)(\W?)// or print($OUT "Invalid option `$_'\n"), last;
6148 my ($opt, $sep) = ($1, $2);
6149
6150 my $val;
6151
6152 # '?' as separator means query, but must have whitespace after it.
6153 if ("?" eq $sep) {
6154 print($OUT "Option query `$opt?' followed by non-space `$_'\n"),
6155 last
6156 if /^\S/;
6157
6158 #&dump_option($opt);
6159 } ## end if ("?" eq $sep)
6160
6161 # Separator is whitespace (or just a carriage return).
6162 # They're going for a default, which we assume is 1.
6163 elsif ($sep !~ /\S/) {
6164 $val_defaulted = 1;
6165 $val = "1"; # this is an evil default; make 'em set it!
6166 }
6167
6168 # Separator is =. Trying to set a value.
6169 elsif ($sep eq "=") {
6170 # If quoted, extract a quoted string.
6171 if (s/ (["']) ( (?: \\. | (?! \1 ) [^\\] )* ) \1 //x) {
6172 my $quote = $1;
6173 ($val = $2) =~ s/\\([$quote\\])/$1/g;
6174 }
6175
6176 # Not quoted. Use the whole thing. Warn about 'option='.
6177 # XXX Spurious messages about clearing nonexistent options
6178 # XXX can be created, e.g., 'o googleWhack='.
6179 else {
6180 s/^(\S*)//;
6181 $val = $1;
6182 print OUT qq(Option better cleared using $opt=""\n)
6183 unless length $val;
6184 } ## end else [ if (s/ (["']) ( (?: \\. | (?! \1 ) [^\\] )* ) \1 //x)
6185
6186 } ## end elsif ($sep eq "=")
6187
6188 # "Quoted" with [], <>, or {}.
6189 else { #{ to "let some poor schmuck bounce on the % key in B<vi>."
6190 my ($end) = "\\" . substr(")]>}$sep", index("([<{", $sep), 1); #}
6191 s/^(([^\\$end]|\\[\\$end])*)$end($|\s+)//
6192 or print($OUT "Unclosed option value `$opt$sep$_'\n"), last;
6193 ($val = $1) =~ s/\\([\\$end])/$1/g;
6194 } ## end else [ if ("?" eq $sep)
6195
6196 my $option;
6197
6198 # Make sure that such an option exists.
6199 my $matches = grep(/^\Q$opt/ && ($option = $_), @options) ||
6200 grep(/^\Q$opt/i && ($option = $_), @options);
6201
6202 print($OUT "Unknown option `$opt'\n"), next unless $matches;
6203 print($OUT "Ambiguous option `$opt'\n"), next if $matches > 1;
6204
6205 # Exclude non-booleans from getting set to 1 by default.
6206 if ($opt_needs_val{$option} && $val_defaulted) {
6207 my $cmd = ($CommandSet eq '580') ? 'o' : 'O';
6208 print $OUT
6209"Option `$opt' is non-boolean. Use `$cmd $option=VAL' to set, `$cmd $option?' to query\n";
6210 next;
6211 } ## end if ($opt_needs_val{$option...
6212
6213 # Save the option value.
6214 $option{$option} = $val if defined $val;
6215
6216 # Load any module that this option requires.
6217 eval qq{
6218 local \$frame = 0;
6219 local \$doret = -2;
6220 require '$optionRequire{$option}';
6221 1;
6222 } || die # XXX: shouldn't happen
6223 if defined $optionRequire{$option} &&
6224 defined $val;
6225
6226 # Set it.
6227 # Stick it in the proper variable if it goes in a variable.
6228 ${ $optionVars{$option} } = $val
6229 if defined $optionVars{$option} &&
6230 defined $val;
6231
6232 # Call the appropriate sub if it gets set via sub.
6233 &{ $optionAction{$option} }($val)
6234 if defined $optionAction{$option} &&
6235 defined &{ $optionAction{$option} } &&
6236 defined $val;
6237
6238 # Not initialization - echo the value we set it to.
6239 dump_option($option) unless $OUT eq \*STDERR;
6240 } ## end while (length)
6241} ## end sub parse_options
6242
6243=head1 RESTART SUPPORT
6244
6245These routines are used to store (and restore) lists of items in environment
6246variables during a restart.
6247
6248=head2 set_list
6249
6250Set_list packages up items to be stored in a set of environment variables
6251(VAR_n, containing the number of items, and VAR_0, VAR_1, etc., containing
6252the values). Values outside the standard ASCII charset are stored by encoding
6253then as hexadecimal values.
6254
6255=cut
6256
6257sub set_list {
6258 my ($stem, @list) = @_;
6259 my $val;
6260
6261 # VAR_n: how many we have. Scalar assignment gets the number of items.
6262 $ENV{"${stem}_n"} = @list;
6263
6264 # Grab each item in the list, escape the backslashes, encode the non-ASCII
6265 # as hex, and then save in the appropriate VAR_0, VAR_1, etc.
6266 for $i (0 .. $#list) {
6267 $val = $list[$i];
6268 $val =~ s/\\/\\\\/g;
6269 $val =~ s/([\0-\37\177\200-\377])/"\\0x" . unpack('H2',$1)/eg;
6270 $ENV{"${stem}_$i"} = $val;
6271 } ## end for $i (0 .. $#list)
6272} ## end sub set_list
6273
6274=head2 get_list
6275
6276Reverse the set_list operation: grab VAR_n to see how many we should be getting
6277back, and then pull VAR_0, VAR_1. etc. back out.
6278
6279=cut
6280
6281sub get_list {
6282 my $stem = shift;
6283 my @list;
6284 my $n = delete $ENV{"${stem}_n"};
6285 my $val;
6286 for $i (0 .. $n - 1) {
6287 $val = delete $ENV{"${stem}_$i"};
6288 $val =~ s/\\((\\)|0x(..))/ $2 ? $2 : pack('H2', $3) /ge;
6289 push @list, $val;
6290 }
6291 @list;
6292} ## end sub get_list
6293
6294=head1 MISCELLANEOUS SIGNAL AND I/O MANAGEMENT
6295
6296=head2 catch()
6297
6298The C<catch()> subroutine is the essence of fast and low-impact. We simply
6299set an already-existing global scalar variable to a constant value. This
6300avoids allocating any memory possibly in the middle of something that will
6301get all confused if we do.
6302
6303=cut
6304
6305sub catch {
6306 $signal = 1;
6307 return; # Put nothing on the stack - malloc/free land!
6308}
6309
6310=head2 C<warn()>
6311
6312C<warn> emits a warning, by joining together its arguments and printing
6313them, with couple of fillips.
6314
6315If the composited message I<doesn't> end with a newline, we automatically
6316add C<$!> and a newline to the end of the message. The subroutine expects $OUT
6317to be set to the filehandle to be used to output warnings; it makes no
6318assumptions about what filehandles are available.
6319
6320=cut
6321
6322sub warn {
6323 my ($msg) = join ("", @_);
6324 $msg .= ": $!\n" unless $msg =~ /\n$/;
6325 local $\ = '';
6326 print $OUT $msg;
6327} ## end sub warn
6328
6329=head1 INITIALIZATION TTY SUPPORT
6330
6331=head2 C<reset_IN_OUT>
6332
6333This routine handles restoring the debugger's input and output filehandles
6334after we've tried and failed to move them elsewhere. In addition, it assigns
6335the debugger's output filehandle to $LINEINFO if it was already open there.
6336
6337=cut
6338
6339sub reset_IN_OUT {
6340 my $switch_li = $LINEINFO eq $OUT;
6341
6342 # If there's a term and it's able to get a new tty, try to get one.
6343 if ($term and $term->Features->{newTTY}) {
6344 ($IN, $OUT) = (shift, shift);
6345 $term->newTTY($IN, $OUT);
6346 }
6347
6348 # This term can't get a new tty now. Better luck later.
6349 elsif ($term) {
6350 &warn("Too late to set IN/OUT filehandles, enabled on next `R'!\n");
6351 }
6352
6353 # Set the filehndles up as they were.
6354 else {
6355 ($IN, $OUT) = (shift, shift);
6356 }
6357
6358 # Unbuffer the output filehandle.
6359 my $o = select $OUT;
6360 $| = 1;
6361 select $o;
6362
6363 # Point LINEINFO to the same output filehandle if it was there before.
6364 $LINEINFO = $OUT if $switch_li;
6365} ## end sub reset_IN_OUT
6366
6367=head1 OPTION SUPPORT ROUTINES
6368
6369The following routines are used to process some of the more complicated
6370debugger options.
6371
6372=head2 C<TTY>
6373
6374Sets the input and output filehandles to the specified files or pipes.
6375If the terminal supports switching, we go ahead and do it. If not, and
6376there's already a terminal in place, we save the information to take effect
6377on restart.
6378
6379If there's no terminal yet (for instance, during debugger initialization),
6380we go ahead and set C<$console> and C<$tty> to the file indicated.
6381
6382=cut
6383
6384sub TTY {
6385 if (@_ and $term and $term->Features->{newTTY}) {
6386 # This terminal supports switching to a new TTY.
6387 # Can be a list of two files, or on string containing both names,
6388 # comma-separated.
6389 # XXX Should this perhaps be an assignment from @_?
6390 my ($in, $out) = shift;
6391 if ($in =~ /,/) {
6392 # Split list apart if supplied.
6393 ($in, $out) = split /,/, $in, 2;
6394 }
6395 else {
6396 # Use the same file for both input and output.
6397 $out = $in;
6398 }
6399
6400 # Open file onto the debugger's filehandles, if you can.
6401 open IN, $in or die "cannot open `$in' for read: $!";
6402 open OUT, ">$out" or die "cannot open `$out' for write: $!";
6403
6404 # Swap to the new filehandles.
6405 reset_IN_OUT(\*IN, \*OUT);
6406
6407 # Save the setting for later.
6408 return $tty = $in;
6409 } ## end if (@_ and $term and $term...
6410
6411 # Terminal doesn't support new TTY, or doesn't support readline.
6412 # Can't do it now, try restarting.
6413 &warn("Too late to set TTY, enabled on next `R'!\n") if $term and @_;
6414
6415 # Useful if done through PERLDB_OPTS:
6416 $console = $tty = shift if @_;
6417
6418 # Return whatever the TTY is.
6419 $tty or $console;
6420} ## end sub TTY
6421
6422=head2 C<noTTY>
6423
6424Sets the C<$notty> global, controlling whether or not the debugger tries to
6425get a terminal to read from. If called after a terminal is already in place,
6426we save the value to use it if we're restarted.
6427
6428=cut
6429
6430sub noTTY {
6431 if ($term) {
6432 &warn("Too late to set noTTY, enabled on next `R'!\n") if @_;
6433 }
6434 $notty = shift if @_;
6435 $notty;
6436} ## end sub noTTY
6437
6438=head2 C<ReadLine>
6439
6440Sets the C<$rl> option variable. If 0, we use C<Term::ReadLine::Stub>
6441(essentially, no C<readline> processing on this "terminal"). Otherwise, we
6442use C<Term::ReadLine>. Can't be changed after a terminal's in place; we save
6443the value in case a restart is done so we can change it then.
6444
6445=cut
6446
6447sub ReadLine {
6448 if ($term) {
6449 &warn("Too late to set ReadLine, enabled on next `R'!\n") if @_;
6450 }
6451 $rl = shift if @_;
6452 $rl;
6453} ## end sub ReadLine
6454
6455=head2 C<RemotePort>
6456
6457Sets the port that the debugger will try to connect to when starting up.
6458If the terminal's already been set up, we can't do it, but we remember the
6459setting in case the user does a restart.
6460
6461=cut
6462
6463sub RemotePort {
6464 if ($term) {
6465 &warn("Too late to set RemotePort, enabled on next 'R'!\n") if @_;
6466 }
6467 $remoteport = shift if @_;
6468 $remoteport;
6469} ## end sub RemotePort
6470
6471=head2 C<tkRunning>
6472
6473Checks with the terminal to see if C<Tk> is running, and returns true or
6474false. Returns false if the current terminal doesn't support C<readline>.
6475
6476=cut
6477
6478sub tkRunning {
6479 if (${ $term->Features }{tkRunning}) {
6480 return $term->tkRunning(@_);
6481 }
6482 else {
6483 local $\ = '';
6484 print $OUT "tkRunning not supported by current ReadLine package.\n";
6485 0;
6486 }
6487} ## end sub tkRunning
6488
6489=head2 C<NonStop>
6490
6491Sets nonstop mode. If a terminal's already been set up, it's too late; the
6492debugger remembers the setting in case you restart, though.
6493
6494=cut
6495
6496sub NonStop {
6497 if ($term) {
6498 &warn("Too late to set up NonStop mode, enabled on next `R'!\n")
6499 if @_;
6500 }
6501 $runnonstop = shift if @_;
6502 $runnonstop;
6503} ## end sub NonStop
6504
6505=head2 C<pager>
6506
6507Set up the C<$pager> variable. Adds a pipe to the front unless there's one
6508there already.
6509
6510=cut
6511
6512sub pager {
6513 if (@_) {
6514 $pager = shift;
6515 $pager = "|" . $pager unless $pager =~ /^(\+?\>|\|)/;
6516 }
6517 $pager;
6518} ## end sub pager
6519
6520=head2 C<shellBang>
6521
6522Sets the shell escape command, and generates a printable copy to be used
6523in the help.
6524
6525=cut
6526
6527sub shellBang {
6528
6529 # If we got an argument, meta-quote it, and add '\b' if it
6530 # ends in a word character.
6531 if (@_) {
6532 $sh = quotemeta shift;
6533 $sh .= "\\b" if $sh =~ /\w$/;
6534 }
6535
6536 # Generate the printable version for the help:
6537 $psh = $sh; # copy it
6538 $psh =~ s/\\b$//; # Take off trailing \b if any
6539 $psh =~ s/\\(.)/$1/g; # De-escape
6540 $psh; # return the printable version
6541} ## end sub shellBang
6542
6543=head2 C<ornaments>
6544
6545If the terminal has its own ornaments, fetch them. Otherwise accept whatever
6546was passed as the argument. (This means you can't override the terminal's
6547ornaments.)
6548
6549=cut
6550
6551sub ornaments {
6552 if (defined $term) {
6553 # We don't want to show warning backtraces, but we do want die() ones.
6554 local ($warnLevel, $dieLevel) = (0, 1);
6555
6556 # No ornaments if the terminal doesn't support them.
6557 return '' unless $term->Features->{ornaments};
6558 eval { $term->ornaments(@_) } || '';
6559 }
6560
6561 # Use what was passed in if we can't determine it ourselves.
6562 else {
6563 $ornaments = shift;
6564 }
6565} ## end sub ornaments
6566
6567=head2 C<recallCommand>
6568
6569Sets the recall command, and builds a printable version which will appear in
6570the help text.
6571
6572=cut
6573
6574sub recallCommand {
6575
6576 # If there is input, metaquote it. Add '\b' if it ends with a word
6577 # character.
6578 if (@_) {
6579 $rc = quotemeta shift;
6580 $rc .= "\\b" if $rc =~ /\w$/;
6581 }
6582
6583 # Build it into a printable version.
6584 $prc = $rc; # Copy it
6585 $prc =~ s/\\b$//; # Remove trailing \b
6586 $prc =~ s/\\(.)/$1/g; # Remove escapes
6587 $prc; # Return the printable version
6588} ## end sub recallCommand
6589
6590=head2 C<LineInfo> - where the line number information goes
6591
6592Called with no arguments, returns the file or pipe that line info should go to.
6593
6594Called with an argument (a file or a pipe), it opens that onto the
6595C<LINEINFO> filehandle, unbuffers the filehandle, and then returns the
6596file or pipe again to the caller.
6597
6598=cut
6599
6600sub LineInfo {
6601 return $lineinfo unless @_;
6602 $lineinfo = shift;
6603
6604 # If this is a valid "thing to be opened for output", tack a
6605 # '>' onto the front.
6606 my $stream = ($lineinfo =~ /^(\+?\>|\|)/) ? $lineinfo : ">$lineinfo";
6607
6608 # If this is a pipe, the stream points to a slave editor.
6609 $slave_editor = ($stream =~ /^\|/);
6610
6611 # Open it up and unbuffer it.
6612 open(LINEINFO, "$stream") || &warn("Cannot open `$stream' for write");
6613 $LINEINFO = \*LINEINFO;
6614 my $save = select($LINEINFO);
6615 $| = 1;
6616 select($save);
6617
6618 # Hand the file or pipe back again.
6619 $lineinfo;
6620} ## end sub LineInfo
6621
6622=head1 COMMAND SUPPORT ROUTINES
6623
6624These subroutines provide functionality for various commands.
6625
6626=head2 C<list_modules>
6627
6628For the C<M> command: list modules loaded and their versions.
6629Essentially just runs through the keys in %INC, picks up the
6630$VERSION package globals from each package, gets the file name, and formats the
6631information for output.
6632
6633=cut
6634
6635sub list_modules { # versions
6636 my %version;
6637 my $file;
6638 # keys are the "as-loaded" name, values are the fully-qualified path
6639 # to the file itself.
6640 for (keys %INC) {
6641 $file = $_; # get the module name
6642 s,\.p[lm]$,,i; # remove '.pl' or '.pm'
6643 s,/,::,g; # change '/' to '::'
6644 s/^perl5db$/DB/; # Special case: debugger
6645 # moves to package DB
6646 s/^Term::ReadLine::readline$/readline/; # simplify readline
6647
6648 # If the package has a $VERSION package global (as all good packages
6649 # should!) decode it and save as partial message.
6650 if (defined ${ $_ . '::VERSION' }) {
6651 $version{$file} = "${ $_ . '::VERSION' } from ";
6652 }
6653
6654 # Finish up the message with the file the package came from.
6655 $version{$file} .= $INC{$file};
6656 } ## end for (keys %INC)
6657
6658 # Hey, dumpit() formats a hash nicely, so why not use it?
6659 dumpit($OUT, \%version);
6660} ## end sub list_modules
6661
6662=head2 C<sethelp()>
6663
6664Sets up the monster string used to format and print the help.
6665
6666=head3 HELP MESSAGE FORMAT
6667
6668The help message is a peculiar format unto itself; it mixes C<pod> 'ornaments'
6669(BE<lt>E<gt>, IE<gt>E<lt>) with tabs to come up with a format that's fairly
6670easy to parse and portable, but which still allows the help to be a little
6671nicer than just plain text.
6672
6673Essentially, you define the command name (usually marked up with BE<gt>E<lt>
6674and IE<gt>E<lt>), followed by a tab, and then the descriptive text, ending in a newline. The descriptive text can also be marked up in the same way. If you
6675need to continue the descriptive text to another line, start that line with
6676just tabs and then enter the marked-up text.
6677
6678If you are modifying the help text, I<be careful>. The help-string parser is
6679not very sophisticated, and if you don't follow these rules it will mangle the
6680help beyond hope until you fix the string.
6681
6682=cut
6683
6684sub sethelp {
6685
6686 # XXX: make sure there are tabs between the command and explanation,
6687 # or print_help will screw up your formatting if you have
6688 # eeevil ornaments enabled. This is an insane mess.
6689
6690 $help = "
6691Help is currently only available for the new 5.8 command set.
6692No help is available for the old command set.
6693We assume you know what you're doing if you switch to it.
6694
6695B<T> Stack trace.
6696B<s> [I<expr>] Single step [in I<expr>].
6697B<n> [I<expr>] Next, steps over subroutine calls [in I<expr>].
6698<B<CR>> Repeat last B<n> or B<s> command.
6699B<r> Return from current subroutine.
6700B<c> [I<line>|I<sub>] Continue; optionally inserts a one-time-only breakpoint
6701 at the specified position.
6702B<l> I<min>B<+>I<incr> List I<incr>+1 lines starting at I<min>.
6703B<l> I<min>B<->I<max> List lines I<min> through I<max>.
6704B<l> I<line> List single I<line>.
6705B<l> I<subname> List first window of lines from subroutine.
6706B<l> I<\$var> List first window of lines from subroutine referenced by I<\$var>.
6707B<l> List next window of lines.
6708B<-> List previous window of lines.
6709B<v> [I<line>] View window around I<line>.
6710B<.> Return to the executed line.
6711B<f> I<filename> Switch to viewing I<filename>. File must be already loaded.
6712 I<filename> may be either the full name of the file, or a regular
6713 expression matching the full file name:
6714 B<f> I</home/me/foo.pl> and B<f> I<oo\\.> may access the same file.
6715 Evals (with saved bodies) are considered to be filenames:
6716 B<f> I<(eval 7)> and B<f> I<eval 7\\b> access the body of the 7th eval
6717 (in the order of execution).
6718B</>I<pattern>B</> Search forwards for I<pattern>; final B</> is optional.
6719B<?>I<pattern>B<?> Search backwards for I<pattern>; final B<?> is optional.
6720B<L> [I<a|b|w>] List actions and or breakpoints and or watch-expressions.
6721B<S> [[B<!>]I<pattern>] List subroutine names [not] matching I<pattern>.
6722B<t> Toggle trace mode.
6723B<t> I<expr> Trace through execution of I<expr>.
6724B<b> Sets breakpoint on current line)
6725B<b> [I<line>] [I<condition>]
6726 Set breakpoint; I<line> defaults to the current execution line;
6727 I<condition> breaks if it evaluates to true, defaults to '1'.
6728B<b> I<subname> [I<condition>]
6729 Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine.
6730B<b> I<\$var> Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine referenced by I<\$var>.
6731B<b> B<load> I<filename> Set breakpoint on 'require'ing the given file.
6732B<b> B<postpone> I<subname> [I<condition>]
6733 Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine after
6734 it is compiled.
6735B<b> B<compile> I<subname>
6736 Stop after the subroutine is compiled.
6737B<B> [I<line>] Delete the breakpoint for I<line>.
6738B<B> I<*> Delete all breakpoints.
6739B<a> [I<line>] I<command>
6740 Set an action to be done before the I<line> is executed;
6741 I<line> defaults to the current execution line.
6742 Sequence is: check for breakpoint/watchpoint, print line
6743 if necessary, do action, prompt user if necessary,
6744 execute line.
6745B<a> Does nothing
6746B<A> [I<line>] Delete the action for I<line>.
6747B<A> I<*> Delete all actions.
6748B<w> I<expr> Add a global watch-expression.
6749B<w> Does nothing
6750B<W> I<expr> Delete a global watch-expression.
6751B<W> I<*> Delete all watch-expressions.
6752B<V> [I<pkg> [I<vars>]] List some (default all) variables in package (default current).
6753 Use B<~>I<pattern> and B<!>I<pattern> for positive and negative regexps.
6754B<X> [I<vars>] Same as \"B<V> I<currentpackage> [I<vars>]\".
6755B<x> I<expr> Evals expression in list context, dumps the result.
6756B<m> I<expr> Evals expression in list context, prints methods callable
6757 on the first element of the result.
6758B<m> I<class> Prints methods callable via the given class.
6759B<M> Show versions of loaded modules.
6760B<y> [I<n> [I<Vars>]] List lexicals in higher scope <n>. Vars same as B<V>.
6761
6762B<<> ? List Perl commands to run before each prompt.
6763B<<> I<expr> Define Perl command to run before each prompt.
6764B<<<> I<expr> Add to the list of Perl commands to run before each prompt.
6765B<< *> Delete the list of perl commands to run before each prompt.
6766B<>> ? List Perl commands to run after each prompt.
6767B<>> I<expr> Define Perl command to run after each prompt.
6768B<>>B<>> I<expr> Add to the list of Perl commands to run after each prompt.
6769B<>>B< *> Delete the list of Perl commands to run after each prompt.
6770B<{> I<db_command> Define debugger command to run before each prompt.
6771B<{> ? List debugger commands to run before each prompt.
6772B<{ *> Delete the list of debugger commands to run before each prompt.
6773B<{{> I<db_command> Add to the list of debugger commands to run before each prompt.
6774B<$prc> I<number> Redo a previous command (default previous command).
6775B<$prc> I<-number> Redo number'th-to-last command.
6776B<$prc> I<pattern> Redo last command that started with I<pattern>.
6777 See 'B<O> I<recallCommand>' too.
6778B<$psh$psh> I<cmd> Run cmd in a subprocess (reads from DB::IN, writes to DB::OUT)"
6779 . (
6780 $rc eq $sh
6781 ? ""
6782 : "
6783B<$psh> [I<cmd>] Run I<cmd> in subshell (forces \"\$SHELL -c 'cmd'\")."
6784 )
6785 . "
6786 See 'B<O> I<shellBang>' too.
6787B<source> I<file> Execute I<file> containing debugger commands (may nest).
6788B<H> I<-number> Display last number commands (default all).
6789B<p> I<expr> Same as \"I<print {DB::OUT} expr>\" in current package.
6790B<|>I<dbcmd> Run debugger command, piping DB::OUT to current pager.
6791B<||>I<dbcmd> Same as B<|>I<dbcmd> but DB::OUT is temporarilly select()ed as well.
6792B<\=> [I<alias> I<value>] Define a command alias, or list current aliases.
6793I<command> Execute as a perl statement in current package.
6794B<R> Pure-man-restart of debugger, some of debugger state
6795 and command-line options may be lost.
6796 Currently the following settings are preserved:
6797 history, breakpoints and actions, debugger B<O>ptions
6798 and the following command-line options: I<-w>, I<-I>, I<-e>.
6799
6800B<o> [I<opt>] ... Set boolean option to true
6801B<o> [I<opt>B<?>] Query options
6802B<o> [I<opt>B<=>I<val>] [I<opt>=B<\">I<val>B<\">] ...
6803 Set options. Use quotes in spaces in value.
6804 I<recallCommand>, I<ShellBang> chars used to recall command or spawn shell;
6805 I<pager> program for output of \"|cmd\";
6806 I<tkRunning> run Tk while prompting (with ReadLine);
6807 I<signalLevel> I<warnLevel> I<dieLevel> level of verbosity;
6808 I<inhibit_exit> Allows stepping off the end of the script.
6809 I<ImmediateStop> Debugger should stop as early as possible.
6810 I<RemotePort> Remote hostname:port for remote debugging
6811 The following options affect what happens with B<V>, B<X>, and B<x> commands:
6812 I<arrayDepth>, I<hashDepth> print only first N elements ('' for all);
6813 I<compactDump>, I<veryCompact> change style of array and hash dump;
6814 I<globPrint> whether to print contents of globs;
6815 I<DumpDBFiles> dump arrays holding debugged files;
6816 I<DumpPackages> dump symbol tables of packages;
6817 I<DumpReused> dump contents of \"reused\" addresses;
6818 I<quote>, I<HighBit>, I<undefPrint> change style of string dump;
6819 I<bareStringify> Do not print the overload-stringified value;
6820 Other options include:
6821 I<PrintRet> affects printing of return value after B<r> command,
6822 I<frame> affects printing messages on subroutine entry/exit.
6823 I<AutoTrace> affects printing messages on possible breaking points.
6824 I<maxTraceLen> gives max length of evals/args listed in stack trace.
6825 I<ornaments> affects screen appearance of the command line.
6826 I<CreateTTY> bits control attempts to create a new TTY on events:
6827 1: on fork() 2: debugger is started inside debugger
6828 4: on startup
6829 During startup options are initialized from \$ENV{PERLDB_OPTS}.
6830 You can put additional initialization options I<TTY>, I<noTTY>,
6831 I<ReadLine>, I<NonStop>, and I<RemotePort> there (or use
6832 `B<R>' after you set them).
6833
6834B<q> or B<^D> Quit. Set B<\$DB::finished = 0> to debug global destruction.
6835B<h> Summary of debugger commands.
6836B<h> [I<db_command>] Get help [on a specific debugger command], enter B<|h> to page.
6837B<h h> Long help for debugger commands
6838B<$doccmd> I<manpage> Runs the external doc viewer B<$doccmd> command on the
6839 named Perl I<manpage>, or on B<$doccmd> itself if omitted.
6840 Set B<\$DB::doccmd> to change viewer.
6841
6842Type `|h h' for a paged display if this was too hard to read.
6843
6844"; # Fix balance of vi % matching: }}}}
6845
6846 # note: tabs in the following section are not-so-helpful
6847 $summary = <<"END_SUM";
6848I<List/search source lines:> I<Control script execution:>
6849 B<l> [I<ln>|I<sub>] List source code B<T> Stack trace
6850 B<-> or B<.> List previous/current line B<s> [I<expr>] Single step [in expr]
6851 B<v> [I<line>] View around line B<n> [I<expr>] Next, steps over subs
6852 B<f> I<filename> View source in file <B<CR>/B<Enter>> Repeat last B<n> or B<s>
6853 B</>I<pattern>B</> B<?>I<patt>B<?> Search forw/backw B<r> Return from subroutine
6854 B<M> Show module versions B<c> [I<ln>|I<sub>] Continue until position
6855I<Debugger controls:> B<L> List break/watch/actions
6856 B<o> [...] Set debugger options B<t> [I<expr>] Toggle trace [trace expr]
6857 B<<>[B<<>]|B<{>[B<{>]|B<>>[B<>>] [I<cmd>] Do pre/post-prompt B<b> [I<ln>|I<event>|I<sub>] [I<cnd>] Set breakpoint
6858 B<$prc> [I<N>|I<pat>] Redo a previous command B<B> I<ln|*> Delete a/all breakpoints
6859 B<H> [I<-num>] Display last num commands B<a> [I<ln>] I<cmd> Do cmd before line
6860 B<=> [I<a> I<val>] Define/list an alias B<A> I<ln|*> Delete a/all actions
6861 B<h> [I<db_cmd>] Get help on command B<w> I<expr> Add a watch expression
6862 B<h h> Complete help page B<W> I<expr|*> Delete a/all watch exprs
6863 B<|>[B<|>]I<db_cmd> Send output to pager B<$psh>\[B<$psh>\] I<syscmd> Run cmd in a subprocess
6864 B<q> or B<^D> Quit B<R> Attempt a restart
6865I<Data Examination:> B<expr> Execute perl code, also see: B<s>,B<n>,B<t> I<expr>
6866 B<x>|B<m> I<expr> Evals expr in list context, dumps the result or lists methods.
6867 B<p> I<expr> Print expression (uses script's current package).
6868 B<S> [[B<!>]I<pat>] List subroutine names [not] matching pattern
6869 B<V> [I<Pk> [I<Vars>]] List Variables in Package. Vars can be ~pattern or !pattern.
6870 B<X> [I<Vars>] Same as \"B<V> I<current_package> [I<Vars>]\".
6871 B<y> [I<n> [I<Vars>]] List lexicals in higher scope <n>. Vars same as B<V>.
6872For more help, type B<h> I<cmd_letter>, or run B<$doccmd perldebug> for all docs.
6873END_SUM
6874
6875 # ')}}; # Fix balance of vi % matching
6876
6877 # and this is really numb...
6878 $pre580_help = "
6879B<T> Stack trace.
6880B<s> [I<expr>] Single step [in I<expr>].
6881B<n> [I<expr>] Next, steps over subroutine calls [in I<expr>].
6882B<CR>> Repeat last B<n> or B<s> command.
6883B<r> Return from current subroutine.
6884B<c> [I<line>|I<sub>] Continue; optionally inserts a one-time-only breakpoint
6885 at the specified position.
6886B<l> I<min>B<+>I<incr> List I<incr>+1 lines starting at I<min>.
6887B<l> I<min>B<->I<max> List lines I<min> through I<max>.
6888B<l> I<line> List single I<line>.
6889B<l> I<subname> List first window of lines from subroutine.
6890B<l> I<\$var> List first window of lines from subroutine referenced by I<\$var>.
6891B<l> List next window of lines.
6892B<-> List previous window of lines.
6893B<w> [I<line>] List window around I<line>.
6894B<.> Return to the executed line.
6895B<f> I<filename> Switch to viewing I<filename>. File must be already loaded.
6896 I<filename> may be either the full name of the file, or a regular
6897 expression matching the full file name:
6898 B<f> I</home/me/foo.pl> and B<f> I<oo\\.> may access the same file.
6899 Evals (with saved bodies) are considered to be filenames:
6900 B<f> I<(eval 7)> and B<f> I<eval 7\\b> access the body of the 7th eval
6901 (in the order of execution).
6902B</>I<pattern>B</> Search forwards for I<pattern>; final B</> is optional.
6903B<?>I<pattern>B<?> Search backwards for I<pattern>; final B<?> is optional.
6904B<L> List all breakpoints and actions.
6905B<S> [[B<!>]I<pattern>] List subroutine names [not] matching I<pattern>.
6906B<t> Toggle trace mode.
6907B<t> I<expr> Trace through execution of I<expr>.
6908B<b> [I<line>] [I<condition>]
6909 Set breakpoint; I<line> defaults to the current execution line;
6910 I<condition> breaks if it evaluates to true, defaults to '1'.
6911B<b> I<subname> [I<condition>]
6912 Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine.
6913B<b> I<\$var> Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine referenced by I<\$var>.
6914B<b> B<load> I<filename> Set breakpoint on `require'ing the given file.
6915B<b> B<postpone> I<subname> [I<condition>]
6916 Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine after
6917 it is compiled.
6918B<b> B<compile> I<subname>
6919 Stop after the subroutine is compiled.
6920B<d> [I<line>] Delete the breakpoint for I<line>.
6921B<D> Delete all breakpoints.
6922B<a> [I<line>] I<command>
6923 Set an action to be done before the I<line> is executed;
6924 I<line> defaults to the current execution line.
6925 Sequence is: check for breakpoint/watchpoint, print line
6926 if necessary, do action, prompt user if necessary,
6927 execute line.
6928B<a> [I<line>] Delete the action for I<line>.
6929B<A> Delete all actions.
6930B<W> I<expr> Add a global watch-expression.
6931B<W> Delete all watch-expressions.
6932B<V> [I<pkg> [I<vars>]] List some (default all) variables in package (default current).
6933 Use B<~>I<pattern> and B<!>I<pattern> for positive and negative regexps.
6934B<X> [I<vars>] Same as \"B<V> I<currentpackage> [I<vars>]\".
6935B<x> I<expr> Evals expression in list context, dumps the result.
6936B<m> I<expr> Evals expression in list context, prints methods callable
6937 on the first element of the result.
6938B<m> I<class> Prints methods callable via the given class.
6939
6940B<<> ? List Perl commands to run before each prompt.
6941B<<> I<expr> Define Perl command to run before each prompt.
6942B<<<> I<expr> Add to the list of Perl commands to run before each prompt.
6943B<>> ? List Perl commands to run after each prompt.
6944B<>> I<expr> Define Perl command to run after each prompt.
6945B<>>B<>> I<expr> Add to the list of Perl commands to run after each prompt.
6946B<{> I<db_command> Define debugger command to run before each prompt.
6947B<{> ? List debugger commands to run before each prompt.
6948B<{{> I<db_command> Add to the list of debugger commands to run before each prompt.
6949B<$prc> I<number> Redo a previous command (default previous command).
6950B<$prc> I<-number> Redo number'th-to-last command.
6951B<$prc> I<pattern> Redo last command that started with I<pattern>.
6952 See 'B<O> I<recallCommand>' too.
6953B<$psh$psh> I<cmd> Run cmd in a subprocess (reads from DB::IN, writes to DB::OUT)"
6954 . (
6955 $rc eq $sh
6956 ? ""
6957 : "
6958B<$psh> [I<cmd>] Run I<cmd> in subshell (forces \"\$SHELL -c 'cmd'\")."
6959 ) .
6960 "
6961 See 'B<O> I<shellBang>' too.
6962B<source> I<file> Execute I<file> containing debugger commands (may nest).
6963B<H> I<-number> Display last number commands (default all).
6964B<p> I<expr> Same as \"I<print {DB::OUT} expr>\" in current package.
6965B<|>I<dbcmd> Run debugger command, piping DB::OUT to current pager.
6966B<||>I<dbcmd> Same as B<|>I<dbcmd> but DB::OUT is temporarilly select()ed as well.
6967B<\=> [I<alias> I<value>] Define a command alias, or list current aliases.
6968I<command> Execute as a perl statement in current package.
6969B<v> Show versions of loaded modules.
6970B<R> Pure-man-restart of debugger, some of debugger state
6971 and command-line options may be lost.
6972 Currently the following settings are preserved:
6973 history, breakpoints and actions, debugger B<O>ptions
6974 and the following command-line options: I<-w>, I<-I>, I<-e>.
6975
6976B<O> [I<opt>] ... Set boolean option to true
6977B<O> [I<opt>B<?>] Query options
6978B<O> [I<opt>B<=>I<val>] [I<opt>=B<\">I<val>B<\">] ...
6979 Set options. Use quotes in spaces in value.
6980 I<recallCommand>, I<ShellBang> chars used to recall command or spawn shell;
6981 I<pager> program for output of \"|cmd\";
6982 I<tkRunning> run Tk while prompting (with ReadLine);
6983 I<signalLevel> I<warnLevel> I<dieLevel> level of verbosity;
6984 I<inhibit_exit> Allows stepping off the end of the script.
6985 I<ImmediateStop> Debugger should stop as early as possible.
6986 I<RemotePort> Remote hostname:port for remote debugging
6987 The following options affect what happens with B<V>, B<X>, and B<x> commands:
6988 I<arrayDepth>, I<hashDepth> print only first N elements ('' for all);
6989 I<compactDump>, I<veryCompact> change style of array and hash dump;
6990 I<globPrint> whether to print contents of globs;
6991 I<DumpDBFiles> dump arrays holding debugged files;
6992 I<DumpPackages> dump symbol tables of packages;
6993 I<DumpReused> dump contents of \"reused\" addresses;
6994 I<quote>, I<HighBit>, I<undefPrint> change style of string dump;
6995 I<bareStringify> Do not print the overload-stringified value;
6996 Other options include:
6997 I<PrintRet> affects printing of return value after B<r> command,
6998 I<frame> affects printing messages on subroutine entry/exit.
6999 I<AutoTrace> affects printing messages on possible breaking points.
7000 I<maxTraceLen> gives max length of evals/args listed in stack trace.
7001 I<ornaments> affects screen appearance of the command line.
7002 I<CreateTTY> bits control attempts to create a new TTY on events:
7003 1: on fork() 2: debugger is started inside debugger
7004 4: on startup
7005 During startup options are initialized from \$ENV{PERLDB_OPTS}.
7006 You can put additional initialization options I<TTY>, I<noTTY>,
7007 I<ReadLine>, I<NonStop>, and I<RemotePort> there (or use
7008 `B<R>' after you set them).
7009
7010B<q> or B<^D> Quit. Set B<\$DB::finished = 0> to debug global destruction.
7011B<h> [I<db_command>] Get help [on a specific debugger command], enter B<|h> to page.
7012B<h h> Summary of debugger commands.
7013B<$doccmd> I<manpage> Runs the external doc viewer B<$doccmd> command on the
7014 named Perl I<manpage>, or on B<$doccmd> itself if omitted.
7015 Set B<\$DB::doccmd> to change viewer.
7016
7017Type `|h' for a paged display if this was too hard to read.
7018
7019"; # Fix balance of vi % matching: }}}}
7020
7021 # note: tabs in the following section are not-so-helpful
7022 $pre580_summary = <<"END_SUM";
7023I<List/search source lines:> I<Control script execution:>
7024 B<l> [I<ln>|I<sub>] List source code B<T> Stack trace
7025 B<-> or B<.> List previous/current line B<s> [I<expr>] Single step [in expr]
7026 B<w> [I<line>] List around line B<n> [I<expr>] Next, steps over subs
7027 B<f> I<filename> View source in file <B<CR>/B<Enter>> Repeat last B<n> or B<s>
7028 B</>I<pattern>B</> B<?>I<patt>B<?> Search forw/backw B<r> Return from subroutine
7029 B<v> Show versions of modules B<c> [I<ln>|I<sub>] Continue until position
7030I<Debugger controls:> B<L> List break/watch/actions
7031 B<O> [...] Set debugger options B<t> [I<expr>] Toggle trace [trace expr]
7032 B<<>[B<<>]|B<{>[B<{>]|B<>>[B<>>] [I<cmd>] Do pre/post-prompt B<b> [I<ln>|I<event>|I<sub>] [I<cnd>] Set breakpoint
7033 B<$prc> [I<N>|I<pat>] Redo a previous command B<d> [I<ln>] or B<D> Delete a/all breakpoints
7034 B<H> [I<-num>] Display last num commands B<a> [I<ln>] I<cmd> Do cmd before line
7035 B<=> [I<a> I<val>] Define/list an alias B<W> I<expr> Add a watch expression
7036 B<h> [I<db_cmd>] Get help on command B<A> or B<W> Delete all actions/watch
7037 B<|>[B<|>]I<db_cmd> Send output to pager B<$psh>\[B<$psh>\] I<syscmd> Run cmd in a subprocess
7038 B<q> or B<^D> Quit B<R> Attempt a restart
7039I<Data Examination:> B<expr> Execute perl code, also see: B<s>,B<n>,B<t> I<expr>
7040 B<x>|B<m> I<expr> Evals expr in list context, dumps the result or lists methods.
7041 B<p> I<expr> Print expression (uses script's current package).
7042 B<S> [[B<!>]I<pat>] List subroutine names [not] matching pattern
7043 B<V> [I<Pk> [I<Vars>]] List Variables in Package. Vars can be ~pattern or !pattern.
7044 B<X> [I<Vars>] Same as \"B<V> I<current_package> [I<Vars>]\".
7045 B<y> [I<n> [I<Vars>]] List lexicals in higher scope <n>. Vars same as B<V>.
7046For more help, type B<h> I<cmd_letter>, or run B<$doccmd perldebug> for all docs.
7047END_SUM
7048
7049 # ')}}; # Fix balance of vi % matching
7050
7051} ## end sub sethelp
7052
7053=head2 C<print_help()>
7054
7055Most of what C<print_help> does is just text formatting. It finds the
7056C<B> and C<I> ornaments, cleans them off, and substitutes the proper
7057terminal control characters to simulate them (courtesy of
7058<Term::ReadLine::TermCap>).
7059
7060=cut
7061
7062sub print_help {
7063 local $_ = shift;
7064
7065 # Restore proper alignment destroyed by eeevil I<> and B<>
7066 # ornaments: A pox on both their houses!
7067 #
7068 # A help command will have everything up to and including
7069 # the first tab sequence padded into a field 16 (or if indented 20)
7070 # wide. If it's wider than that, an extra space will be added.
7071 s{
7072 ^ # only matters at start of line
7073 ( \040{4} | \t )* # some subcommands are indented
7074 ( < ? # so <CR> works
7075 [BI] < [^\t\n] + ) # find an eeevil ornament
7076 ( \t+ ) # original separation, discarded
7077 ( .* ) # this will now start (no earlier) than
7078 # column 16
7079 } {
7080 my($leadwhite, $command, $midwhite, $text) = ($1, $2, $3, $4);
7081 my $clean = $command;
7082 $clean =~ s/[BI]<([^>]*)>/$1/g;
7083
7084 # replace with this whole string:
7085 ($leadwhite ? " " x 4 : "")
7086 . $command
7087 . ((" " x (16 + ($leadwhite ? 4 : 0) - length($clean))) || " ")
7088 . $text;
7089
7090 }mgex;
7091
7092 s{ # handle bold ornaments
7093 B < ( [^>] + | > ) >
7094 } {
7095 $Term::ReadLine::TermCap::rl_term_set[2]
7096 . $1
7097 . $Term::ReadLine::TermCap::rl_term_set[3]
7098 }gex;
7099
7100 s{ # handle italic ornaments
7101 I < ( [^>] + | > ) >
7102 } {
7103 $Term::ReadLine::TermCap::rl_term_set[0]
7104 . $1
7105 . $Term::ReadLine::TermCap::rl_term_set[1]
7106 }gex;
7107
7108 local $\ = '';
7109 print $OUT $_;
7110} ## end sub print_help
7111
7112=head2 C<fix_less>
7113
7114This routine does a lot of gyrations to be sure that the pager is C<less>.
7115It checks for C<less> masquerading as C<more> and records the result in
7116C<$ENV{LESS}> so we don't have to go through doing the stats again.
7117
7118=cut
7119
7120sub fix_less {
7121
7122 # We already know if this is set.
7123 return if defined $ENV{LESS} && $ENV{LESS} =~ /r/;
7124
7125 # Pager is less for sure.
7126 my $is_less = $pager =~ /\bless\b/;
7127 if ($pager =~ /\bmore\b/) {
7128 # Nope, set to more. See what's out there.
7129 my @st_more = stat('/usr/bin/more');
7130 my @st_less = stat('/usr/bin/less');
7131
7132 # is it really less, pretending to be more?
7133 $is_less = @st_more &&
7134 @st_less &&
7135 $st_more[0] == $st_less[0] &&
7136 $st_more[1] == $st_less[1];
7137 } ## end if ($pager =~ /\bmore\b/)
7138
7139 # changes environment!
7140 # 'r' added so we don't do (slow) stats again.
7141 $ENV{LESS} .= 'r' if $is_less;
7142} ## end sub fix_less
7143
7144=head1 DIE AND WARN MANAGEMENT
7145
7146=head2 C<diesignal>
7147
7148C<diesignal> is a just-drop-dead C<die> handler. It's most useful when trying
7149to debug a debugger problem.
7150
7151It does its best to report the error that occurred, and then forces the
7152program, debugger, and everything to die.
7153
7154=cut
7155
7156sub diesignal {
7157 # No entry/exit messages.
7158 local $frame = 0;
7159
7160 # No return value prints.
7161 local $doret = -2;
7162
7163 # set the abort signal handling to the default (just terminate).
7164 $SIG{'ABRT'} = 'DEFAULT';
7165
7166 # If we enter the signal handler recursively, kill myself with an
7167 # abort signal (so we just terminate).
7168 kill 'ABRT', $$ if $panic++;
7169
7170 # If we can show detailed info, do so.
7171 if (defined &Carp::longmess) {
7172 # Don't recursively enter the warn handler, since we're carping.
7173 local $SIG{__WARN__} = '';
7174
7175 # Skip two levels before reporting traceback: we're skipping
7176 # mydie and confess.
7177 local $Carp::CarpLevel = 2; # mydie + confess
7178
7179 # Tell us all about it.
7180 &warn(Carp::longmess("Signal @_"));
7181 }
7182
7183 # No Carp. Tell us about the signal as best we can.
7184 else {
7185 local $\ = '';
7186 print $DB::OUT "Got signal @_\n";
7187 }
7188
7189 # Drop dead.
7190 kill 'ABRT', $$;
7191} ## end sub diesignal
7192
7193=head2 C<dbwarn>
7194
7195The debugger's own default C<$SIG{__WARN__}> handler. We load C<Carp> to
7196be able to get a stack trace, and output the warning message vi C<DB::dbwarn()>.
7197
7198=cut
7199
7200sub dbwarn {
7201 # No entry/exit trace.
7202 local $frame = 0;
7203
7204 # No return value printing.
7205 local $doret = -2;
7206
7207 # Turn off warn and die handling to prevent recursive entries to this
7208 # routine.
7209 local $SIG{__WARN__} = '';
7210 local $SIG{__DIE__} = '';
7211
7212 # Load Carp if we can. If $^S is false (current thing being compiled isn't
7213 # done yet), we may not be able to do a require.
7214 eval { require Carp }
7215 if defined $^S; # If error/warning during compilation,
7216 # require may be broken.
7217
7218 # Use the core warn() unless Carp loaded OK.
7219 CORE::warn(@_,
7220 "\nCannot print stack trace, load with -MCarp option to see stack"),
7221 return
7222 unless defined &Carp::longmess;
7223
7224 # Save the current values of $single and $trace, and then turn them off.
7225 my ($mysingle, $mytrace) = ($single, $trace);
7226 $single = 0;
7227 $trace = 0;
7228
7229 # We can call Carp::longmess without its being "debugged" (which we
7230 # don't want - we just want to use it!). Capture this for later.
7231 my $mess = Carp::longmess(@_);
7232
7233 # Restore $single and $trace to their original values.
7234 ($single, $trace) = ($mysingle, $mytrace);
7235
7236 # Use the debugger's own special way of printing warnings to print
7237 # the stack trace message.
7238 &warn($mess);
7239} ## end sub dbwarn
7240
7241=head2 C<dbdie>
7242
7243The debugger's own C<$SIG{__DIE__}> handler. Handles providing a stack trace
7244by loading C<Carp> and calling C<Carp::longmess()> to get it. We turn off
7245single stepping and tracing during the call to C<Carp::longmess> to avoid
7246debugging it - we just want to use it.
7247
7248If C<dieLevel> is zero, we let the program being debugged handle the
7249exceptions. If it's 1, you get backtraces for any exception. If it's 2,
7250the debugger takes over all exception handling, printing a backtrace and
7251displaying the exception via its C<dbwarn()> routine.
7252
7253=cut
7254
7255sub dbdie {
7256 local $frame = 0;
7257 local $doret = -2;
7258 local $SIG{__DIE__} = '';
7259 local $SIG{__WARN__} = '';
7260 my $i = 0;
7261 my $ineval = 0;
7262 my $sub;
7263 if ($dieLevel > 2) {
7264 local $SIG{__WARN__} = \&dbwarn;
7265 &warn(@_); # Yell no matter what
7266 return;
7267 }
7268 if ($dieLevel < 2) {
7269 die @_ if $^S; # in eval propagate
7270 }
7271
7272 # The code used to check $^S to see if compiliation of the current thing
7273 # hadn't finished. We don't do it anymore, figuring eval is pretty stable.
7274 eval { require Carp };
7275
7276 die (@_,
7277 "\nCannot print stack trace, load with -MCarp option to see stack")
7278 unless defined &Carp::longmess;
7279
7280 # We do not want to debug this chunk (automatic disabling works
7281 # inside DB::DB, but not in Carp). Save $single and $trace, turn them off,
7282 # get the stack trace from Carp::longmess (if possible), restore $signal
7283 # and $trace, and then die with the stack trace.
7284 my ($mysingle, $mytrace) = ($single, $trace);
7285 $single = 0;
7286 $trace = 0;
7287 my $mess = "@_";
7288 {
7289
7290 package Carp; # Do not include us in the list
7291 eval { $mess = Carp::longmess(@_); };
7292 }
7293 ($single, $trace) = ($mysingle, $mytrace);
7294 die $mess;
7295} ## end sub dbdie
7296
7297=head2 C<warnlevel()>
7298
7299Set the C<$DB::warnLevel> variable that stores the value of the
7300C<warnLevel> option. Calling C<warnLevel()> with a positive value
7301results in the debugger taking over all warning handlers. Setting
7302C<warnLevel> to zero leaves any warning handlers set up by the program
7303being debugged in place.
7304
7305=cut
7306
7307sub warnLevel {
7308 if (@_) {
7309 $prevwarn = $SIG{__WARN__} unless $warnLevel;
7310 $warnLevel = shift;
7311 if ($warnLevel) {
7312 $SIG{__WARN__} = \&DB::dbwarn;
7313 }
7314 elsif ($prevwarn) {
7315 $SIG{__WARN__} = $prevwarn;
7316 }
7317 } ## end if (@_)
7318 $warnLevel;
7319} ## end sub warnLevel
7320
7321=head2 C<dielevel>
7322
7323Similar to C<warnLevel>. Non-zero values for C<dieLevel> result in the
7324C<DB::dbdie()> function overriding any other C<die()> handler. Setting it to
7325zero lets you use your own C<die()> handler.
7326
7327=cut
7328
7329sub dieLevel {
7330 local $\ = '';
7331 if (@_) {
7332 $prevdie = $SIG{__DIE__} unless $dieLevel;
7333 $dieLevel = shift;
7334 if ($dieLevel) {
7335 # Always set it to dbdie() for non-zero values.
7336 $SIG{__DIE__} = \&DB::dbdie; # if $dieLevel < 2;
7337
7338 # No longer exists, so don't try to use it.
7339 #$SIG{__DIE__} = \&DB::diehard if $dieLevel >= 2;
7340
7341 # If we've finished initialization, mention that stack dumps
7342 # are enabled, If dieLevel is 1, we won't stack dump if we die
7343 # in an eval().
7344 print $OUT "Stack dump during die enabled",
7345 ($dieLevel == 1 ? " outside of evals" : ""), ".\n"
7346 if $I_m_init;
7347
7348 # XXX This is probably obsolete, given that diehard() is gone.
7349 print $OUT "Dump printed too.\n" if $dieLevel > 2;
7350 } ## end if ($dieLevel)
7351
7352 # Put the old one back if there was one.
7353 elsif ($prevdie) {
7354 $SIG{__DIE__} = $prevdie;
7355 print $OUT "Default die handler restored.\n";
7356 }
7357 } ## end if (@_)
7358 $dieLevel;
7359} ## end sub dieLevel
7360
7361=head2 C<signalLevel>
7362
7363Number three in a series: set C<signalLevel> to zero to keep your own
7364signal handler for C<SIGSEGV> and/or C<SIGBUS>. Otherwise, the debugger
7365takes over and handles them with C<DB::diesignal()>.
7366
7367=cut
7368
7369sub signalLevel {
7370 if (@_) {
7371 $prevsegv = $SIG{SEGV} unless $signalLevel;
7372 $prevbus = $SIG{BUS} unless $signalLevel;
7373 $signalLevel = shift;
7374 if ($signalLevel) {
7375 $SIG{SEGV} = \&DB::diesignal;
7376 $SIG{BUS} = \&DB::diesignal;
7377 }
7378 else {
7379 $SIG{SEGV} = $prevsegv;
7380 $SIG{BUS} = $prevbus;
7381 }
7382 } ## end if (@_)
7383 $signalLevel;
7384} ## end sub signalLevel
7385
7386=head1 SUBROUTINE DECODING SUPPORT
7387
7388These subroutines are used during the C<x> and C<X> commands to try to
7389produce as much information as possible about a code reference. They use
7390L<Devel::Peek> to try to find the glob in which this code reference lives
7391(if it does) - this allows us to actually code references which correspond
7392to named subroutines (including those aliased via glob assignment).
7393
7394=head2 C<CvGV_name()>
7395
7396Wrapper for X<CvGV_name_or_bust>; tries to get the name of a reference
7397via that routine. If this fails, return the reference again (when the
7398reference is stringified, it'll come out as "SOMETHING(0X...)").
7399
7400=cut
7401
7402sub CvGV_name {
7403 my $in = shift;
7404 my $name = CvGV_name_or_bust($in);
7405 defined $name ? $name : $in;
7406}
7407
7408=head2 C<CvGV_name_or_bust> I<coderef>
7409
7410Calls L<Devel::Peek> to try to find the glob the ref lives in; returns
7411C<undef> if L<Devel::Peek> can't be loaded, or if C<Devel::Peek::CvGV> can't
7412find a glob for this ref.
7413
7414Returns "I<package>::I<glob name>" if the code ref is found in a glob.
7415
7416=cut
7417
7418sub CvGV_name_or_bust {
7419 my $in = shift;
7420 return if $skipCvGV; # Backdoor to avoid problems if XS broken...
7421 return unless ref $in;
7422 $in = \&$in; # Hard reference...
7423 eval { require Devel::Peek; 1 } or return;
7424 my $gv = Devel::Peek::CvGV($in) or return;
7425 *$gv{PACKAGE} . '::' . *$gv{NAME};
7426} ## end sub CvGV_name_or_bust
7427
7428=head2 C<find_sub>
7429
7430A utility routine used in various places; finds the file where a subroutine
7431was defined, and returns that filename and a line-number range.
7432
7433Tries to use X<@sub> first; if it can't find it there, it tries building a
7434reference to the subroutine and uses X<CvGV_name_or_bust> to locate it,
7435loading it into X<@sub> as a side effect (XXX I think). If it can't find it
7436this way, it brute-force searches X<%sub>, checking for identical references.
7437
7438=cut
7439
7440sub find_sub {
7441 my $subr = shift;
7442 $sub{$subr} or do {
7443 return unless defined &$subr;
7444 my $name = CvGV_name_or_bust($subr);
7445 my $data;
7446 $data = $sub{$name} if defined $name;
7447 return $data if defined $data;
7448
7449 # Old stupid way...
7450 $subr = \&$subr; # Hard reference
7451 my $s;
7452 for (keys %sub) {
7453 $s = $_, last if $subr eq \&$_;
7454 }
7455 $sub{$s} if $s;
7456 } ## end do
7457} ## end sub find_sub
7458
7459=head2 C<methods>
7460
7461A subroutine that uses the utility function X<methods_via> to find all the
7462methods in the class corresponding to the current reference and in
7463C<UNIVERSAL>.
7464
7465=cut
7466
7467sub methods {
7468
7469 # Figure out the class - either this is the class or it's a reference
7470 # to something blessed into that class.
7471 my $class = shift;
7472 $class = ref $class if ref $class;
7473
7474 local %seen;
7475 local %packs;
7476
7477 # Show the methods that this class has.
7478 methods_via($class, '', 1);
7479
7480 # Show the methods that UNIVERSAL has.
7481 methods_via('UNIVERSAL', 'UNIVERSAL', 0);
7482} ## end sub methods
7483
7484=head2 C<methods_via($class, $prefix, $crawl_upward)>
7485
7486C<methods_via> does the work of crawling up the C<@ISA> tree and reporting
7487all the parent class methods. C<$class> is the name of the next class to
7488try; C<$prefix> is the message prefix, which gets built up as we go up the
7489C<@ISA> tree to show parentage; C<$crawl_upward> is 1 if we should try to go
7490higher in the C<@ISA> tree, 0 if we should stop.
7491
7492=cut
7493
7494sub methods_via {
7495 # If we've processed this class already, just quit.
7496 my $class = shift;
7497
7498 # XXX This may be a bug - no other references to %packs.
7499 return if $packs{$class}++;
7500
7501 # This is a package that is contributing the methods we're about to print.
7502 my $prefix = shift;
7503 my $prepend = $prefix ? "via $prefix: " : '';
7504
7505 my $name;
7506 for $name (
7507 # Keep if this is a defined subroutine in this class.
7508 grep { defined &{ ${"${class}::"}{$_} } }
7509 # Extract from all the symbols in this class.
7510 sort keys %{"${class}::"}
7511 ) {
7512 # XXX This should probably be %packs (or %packs should be %seen).
7513 next if $seen{$name}++;
7514 local $\ = '';
7515 local $, = '';
7516 print $DB::OUT "$prepend$name\n";
7517 } ## end for $name (grep { defined...
7518
7519 # If the $crawl_upward argument is false, just quit here.
7520 return unless shift;
7521
7522 # $crawl_upward true: keep going up the tree.
7523 # Find all the classes this one is a subclass of.
7524 for $name (@{"${class}::ISA"}) {
7525 # Set up the new prefix.
7526 $prepend = $prefix ? $prefix . " -> $name" : $name;
7527 # Crawl up the tree and keep trying to crawl up.
7528 methods_via($name, $prepend, 1);
7529 }
7530} ## end sub methods_via
7531
7532=head2 C<setman> - figure out which command to use to show documentation
7533
7534Just checks the contents of C<$^O> and sets the C<$doccmd> global accordingly.
7535
7536=cut
7537
7538sub setman {
7539 $doccmd =
7540 $^O !~ /^(?:MSWin32|VMS|os2|dos|amigaos|riscos|MacOS|NetWare)\z/s
7541 ? "man" # O Happy Day!
7542 : "perldoc"; # Alas, poor unfortunates
7543} ## end sub setman
7544
7545=head2 C<runman> - run the appropriate command to show documentation
7546
7547Accepts a man page name; runs the appropriate command to display it (set up
7548during debugger initialization). Uses C<DB::system> to avoid mucking up the
7549program's STDIN and STDOUT.
7550
7551=cut
7552
7553sub runman {
7554 my $page = shift;
7555 unless ($page) {
7556 &system("$doccmd $doccmd");
7557 return;
7558 }
7559
7560 # this way user can override, like with $doccmd="man -Mwhatever"
7561 # or even just "man " to disable the path check.
7562 unless ($doccmd eq 'man') {
7563 &system("$doccmd $page");
7564 return;
7565 }
7566
7567 $page = 'perl' if lc($page) eq 'help';
7568
7569 require Config;
7570 my $man1dir = $Config::Config{'man1dir'};
7571 my $man3dir = $Config::Config{'man3dir'};
7572 for ($man1dir, $man3dir) { s#/[^/]*\z## if /\S/ }
7573 my $manpath = '';
7574 $manpath .= "$man1dir:" if $man1dir =~ /\S/;
7575 $manpath .= "$man3dir:" if $man3dir =~ /\S/ && $man1dir ne $man3dir;
7576 chop $manpath if $manpath;
7577
7578 # harmless if missing, I figure
7579 my $oldpath = $ENV{MANPATH};
7580 $ENV{MANPATH} = $manpath if $manpath;
7581 my $nopathopt = $^O =~ /dunno what goes here/;
7582 if (
7583 CORE::system(
7584 $doccmd,
7585
7586 # I just *know* there are men without -M
7587 (($manpath && !$nopathopt) ? ("-M", $manpath) : ()),
7588 split ' ', $page
7589 )
7590 )
7591 {
7592 unless ($page =~ /^perl\w/) {
7593 if (
7594 grep { $page eq $_ }
7595 qw{
7596 5004delta 5005delta amiga api apio book boot bot call compile
7597 cygwin data dbmfilter debug debguts delta diag doc dos dsc embed
7598 faq faq1 faq2 faq3 faq4 faq5 faq6 faq7 faq8 faq9 filter fork
7599 form func guts hack hist hpux intern ipc lexwarn locale lol mod
7600 modinstall modlib number obj op opentut os2 os390 pod port
7601 ref reftut run sec style sub syn thrtut tie toc todo toot tootc
7602 trap unicode var vms win32 xs xstut
7603 }
7604 )
7605 {
7606 $page =~ s/^/perl/;
7607 CORE::system($doccmd,
7608 (($manpath && !$nopathopt) ? ("-M", $manpath) : ()),
7609 $page);
7610 } ## end if (grep { $page eq $_...
7611 } ## end unless ($page =~ /^perl\w/)
7612 } ## end if (CORE::system($doccmd...
7613 if (defined $oldpath) {
7614 $ENV{MANPATH} = $manpath;
7615 }
7616 else {
7617 delete $ENV{MANPATH};
7618 }
7619} ## end sub runman
7620
7621#use Carp; # This did break, left for debugging
7622
7623=head1 DEBUGGER INITIALIZATION - THE SECOND BEGIN BLOCK
7624
7625Because of the way the debugger interface to the Perl core is designed, any
7626debugger package globals that C<DB::sub()> requires have to be defined before
7627any subroutines can be called. These are defined in the second C<BEGIN> block.
7628
7629This block sets things up so that (basically) the world is sane
7630before the debugger starts executing. We set up various variables that the
7631debugger has to have set up before the Perl core starts running:
7632
7633=over 4
7634
7635=item * The debugger's own filehandles (copies of STD and STDOUT for now).
7636
7637=item * Characters for shell escapes, the recall command, and the history command.
7638
7639=item * The maximum recursion depth.
7640
7641=item * The size of a C<w> command's window.
7642
7643=item * The before-this-line context to be printed in a C<v> (view a window around this line) command.
7644
7645=item * The fact that we're not in a sub at all right now.
7646
7647=item * The default SIGINT handler for the debugger.
7648
7649=item * The appropriate value of the flag in C<$^D> that says the debugger is running
7650
7651=item * The current debugger recursion level
7652
7653=item * The list of postponed (XXX define) items and the C<$single> stack
7654
7655=item * That we want no return values and no subroutine entry/exit trace.
7656
7657=back
7658
7659=cut
7660
7661# The following BEGIN is very handy if debugger goes havoc, debugging debugger?
7662
7663BEGIN { # This does not compile, alas. (XXX eh?)
7664 $IN = \*STDIN; # For bugs before DB::OUT has been opened
7665 $OUT = \*STDERR; # For errors before DB::OUT has been opened
7666
7667 # Define characters used by command parsing.
7668 $sh = '!'; # Shell escape (does not work)
7669 $rc = ','; # Recall command (does not work)
7670 @hist = ('?'); # Show history (does not work)
7671
7672 # This defines the point at which you get the 'deep recursion'
7673 # warning. It MUST be defined or the debugger will not load.
7674 $deep = 100;
7675
7676 # Number of lines around the current one that are shown in the
7677 # 'w' command.
7678 $window = 10;
7679
7680 # How much before-the-current-line context the 'v' command should
7681 # use in calculating the start of the window it will display.
7682 $preview = 3;
7683
7684 # We're not in any sub yet, but we need this to be a defined value.
7685 $sub = '';
7686
7687 # Set up the debugger's interrupt handler. It simply sets a flag
7688 # ($signal) that DB::DB() will check before each command is executed.
7689 $SIG{INT} = \&DB::catch;
7690
7691 # The following lines supposedly, if uncommented, allow the debugger to
7692 # debug itself. Perhaps we can try that someday.
7693 # This may be enabled to debug debugger:
7694 #$warnLevel = 1 unless defined $warnLevel;
7695 #$dieLevel = 1 unless defined $dieLevel;
7696 #$signalLevel = 1 unless defined $signalLevel;
7697
7698 # This is the flag that says "a debugger is running, please call
7699 # DB::DB and DB::sub". We will turn it on forcibly before we try to
7700 # execute anything in the user's context, because we always want to
7701 # get control back.
7702 $db_stop = 0; # Compiler warning ...
7703 $db_stop = 1 << 30; # ... because this is only used in an eval() later.
7704
7705 # This variable records how many levels we're nested in debugging. Used
7706 # Used in the debugger prompt, and in determining whether it's all over or
7707 # not.
7708 $level = 0; # Level of recursive debugging
7709
7710 # "Triggers bug (?) in perl if we postpone this until runtime."
7711 # XXX No details on this yet, or whether we should fix the bug instead
7712 # of work around it. Stay tuned.
7713 @postponed = @stack = (0);
7714
7715 # Used to track the current stack depth using the auto-stacked-variable
7716 # trick.
7717 $stack_depth = 0; # Localized repeatedly; simple way to track $#stack
7718
7719 # Don't print return values on exiting a subroutine.
7720 $doret = -2;
7721
7722 # No extry/exit tracing.
7723 $frame = 0;
7724
7725} ## end BEGIN
7726
7727BEGIN { $^W = $ini_warn; } # Switch warnings back
7728
7729=head1 READLINE SUPPORT - COMPLETION FUNCTION
7730
7731=head2 db_complete
7732
7733C<readline> support - adds command completion to basic C<readline>.
7734
7735Returns a list of possible completions to C<readline> when invoked. C<readline>
7736will print the longest common substring following the text already entered.
7737
7738If there is only a single possible completion, C<readline> will use it in full.
7739
7740This code uses C<map> and C<grep> heavily to create lists of possible
7741completion. Think LISP in this section.
7742
7743=cut
7744
7745sub db_complete {
7746
7747 # Specific code for b c l V m f O, &blah, $blah, @blah, %blah
7748 # $text is the text to be completed.
7749 # $line is the incoming line typed by the user.
7750 # $start is the start of the text to be completed in the incoming line.
7751 my ($text, $line, $start) = @_;
7752
7753 # Save the initial text.
7754 # The search pattern is current package, ::, extract the next qualifier
7755 # Prefix and pack are set to undef.
7756 my ($itext, $search, $prefix, $pack) =
7757 ($text, "^\Q${'package'}::\E([^:]+)\$");
7758
7759=head3 C<b postpone|compile>
7760
7761=over 4
7762
7763=item * Find all the subroutines that might match in this package
7764
7765=item * Add "postpone", "load", and "compile" as possibles (we may be completing the keyword itself
7766
7767=item * Include all the rest of the subs that are known
7768
7769=item * C<grep> out the ones that match the text we have so far
7770
7771=item * Return this as the list of possible completions
7772
7773=back
7774
7775=cut
7776
7777 return sort grep /^\Q$text/, (keys %sub),
7778 qw(postpone load compile), # subroutines
7779 (map { /$search/ ? ($1) : () } keys %sub)
7780 if (substr $line, 0, $start) =~ /^\|*[blc]\s+((postpone|compile)\s+)?$/;
7781
7782=head3 C<b load>
7783
7784Get all the possible files from @INC as it currently stands and
7785select the ones that match the text so far.
7786
7787=cut
7788
7789 return sort grep /^\Q$text/, values %INC # files
7790 if (substr $line, 0, $start) =~ /^\|*b\s+load\s+$/;
7791
7792=head3 C<V> (list variable) and C<m> (list modules)
7793
7794There are two entry points for these commands:
7795
7796=head4 Unqualified package names
7797
7798Get the top-level packages and grab everything that matches the text
7799so far. For each match, recursively complete the partial packages to
7800get all possible matching packages. Return this sorted list.
7801
7802=cut
7803
7804 return sort map { ($_, db_complete($_ . "::", "V ", 2)) }
7805 grep /^\Q$text/, map { /^(.*)::$/ ? ($1) : () } keys %:: # top-packages
7806 if (substr $line, 0, $start) =~ /^\|*[Vm]\s+$/ and $text =~ /^\w*$/;
7807
7808=head4 Qualified package names
7809
7810Take a partially-qualified package and find all subpackages for it
7811by getting all the subpackages for the package so far, matching all
7812the subpackages against the text, and discarding all of them which
7813start with 'main::'. Return this list.
7814
7815=cut
7816
7817 return sort map { ($_, db_complete($_ . "::", "V ", 2)) }
7818 grep !/^main::/, grep /^\Q$text/,
7819 map { /^(.*)::$/ ? ($prefix . "::$1") : () } keys %{ $prefix . '::' }
7820 if (substr $line, 0, $start) =~ /^\|*[Vm]\s+$/
7821 and $text =~ /^(.*[^:])::?(\w*)$/
7822 and $prefix = $1;
7823
7824=head3 C<f> - switch files
7825
7826Here, we want to get a fully-qualified filename for the C<f> command.
7827Possibilities are:
7828
7829=over 4
7830
7831=item 1. The original source file itself
7832
7833=item 2. A file from C<@INC>
7834
7835=item 3. An C<eval> (the debugger gets a C<(eval N)> fake file for each C<eval>).
7836
7837=back
7838
7839=cut
7840
7841 if ($line =~ /^\|*f\s+(.*)/) { # Loaded files
7842 # We might possibly want to switch to an eval (which has a "filename"
7843 # like '(eval 9)'), so we may need to clean up the completion text
7844 # before proceeding.
7845 $prefix = length($1) - length($text);
7846 $text = $1;
7847
7848=pod
7849
7850Under the debugger, source files are represented as C<_E<lt>/fullpath/to/file>
7851(C<eval>s are C<_E<lt>(eval NNN)>) keys in C<%main::>. We pull all of these
7852out of C<%main::>, add the initial source file, and extract the ones that
7853match the completion text so far.
7854
7855=cut
7856
7857 return sort
7858 map { substr $_, 2 + $prefix } grep /^_<\Q$text/, (keys %main::),
7859 $0;
7860 } ## end if ($line =~ /^\|*f\s+(.*)/)
7861
7862=head3 Subroutine name completion
7863
7864We look through all of the defined subs (the keys of C<%sub>) and
7865return both all the possible matches to the subroutine name plus
7866all the matches qualified to the current package.
7867
7868=cut
7869
7870 if ((substr $text, 0, 1) eq '&') { # subroutines
7871 $text = substr $text, 1;
7872 $prefix = "&";
7873 return sort map "$prefix$_", grep /^\Q$text/, (keys %sub),
7874 (
7875 map { /$search/ ? ($1) : () }
7876 keys %sub
7877 );
7878 } ## end if ((substr $text, 0, ...
7879
7880=head3 Scalar, array, and hash completion: partially qualified package
7881
7882Much like the above, except we have to do a little more cleanup:
7883
7884=over 4
7885
7886=cut
7887
7888 if ($text =~ /^[\$@%](.*)::(.*)/) { # symbols in a package
7889
7890=pod
7891
7892=item * Determine the package that the symbol is in. Put it in C<::> (effectively C<main::>) if no package is specified.
7893
7894=cut
7895
7896 $pack = ($1 eq 'main' ? '' : $1) . '::';
7897
7898=pod
7899
7900=item * Figure out the prefix vs. what needs completing.
7901
7902=cut
7903
7904 $prefix = (substr $text, 0, 1) . $1 . '::';
7905 $text = $2;
7906
7907=pod
7908
7909=item * Look through all the symbols in the package. C<grep> out all the possible hashes/arrays/scalars, and then C<grep> the possible matches out of those. C<map> the prefix onto all the possibilities.
7910
7911=cut
7912
7913 my @out = map "$prefix$_", grep /^\Q$text/, grep /^_?[a-zA-Z]/,
7914 keys %$pack;
7915
7916=pod
7917
7918=item * If there's only one hit, and it's a package qualifier, and it's not equal to the initial text, re-complete it using the symbol we actually found.
7919
7920=cut
7921
7922 if (@out == 1 and $out[0] =~ /::$/ and $out[0] ne $itext) {
7923 return db_complete($out[0], $line, $start);
7924 }
7925
7926 # Return the list of possibles.
7927 return sort @out;
7928
7929 } ## end if ($text =~ /^[\$@%](.*)::(.*)/)
7930
7931=pod
7932
7933=back
7934
7935=head3 Symbol completion: current package or package C<main>.
7936
7937=over 4
7938
7939=cut
7940
7941
7942 if ($text =~ /^[\$@%]/) { # symbols (in $package + packages in main)
7943
7944=pod
7945
7946=item * If it's C<main>, delete main to just get C<::> leading.
7947
7948=cut
7949
7950 $pack = ($package eq 'main' ? '' : $package) . '::';
7951
7952=pod
7953
7954=item * We set the prefix to the item's sigil, and trim off the sigil to get the text to be completed.
7955
7956=cut
7957
7958 $prefix = substr $text, 0, 1;
7959 $text = substr $text, 1;
7960
7961=pod
7962
7963=item * If the package is C<::> (C<main>), create an empty list; if it's something else, create a list of all the packages known. Append whichever list to a list of all the possible symbols in the current package. C<grep> out the matches to the text entered so far, then C<map> the prefix back onto the symbols.
7964
7965=cut
7966
7967 my @out = map "$prefix$_", grep /^\Q$text/,
7968 (grep /^_?[a-zA-Z]/, keys %$pack),
7969 ($pack eq '::' ? () : (grep /::$/, keys %::));
7970
7971=item * If there's only one hit, it's a package qualifier, and it's not equal to the initial text, recomplete using this symbol.
7972
7973=back
7974
7975=cut
7976
7977 if (@out == 1 and $out[0] =~ /::$/ and $out[0] ne $itext) {
7978 return db_complete($out[0], $line, $start);
7979 }
7980
7981 # Return the list of possibles.
7982 return sort @out;
7983 } ## end if ($text =~ /^[\$@%]/)
7984
7985=head3 Options
7986
7987We use C<option_val()> to look up the current value of the option. If there's
7988only a single value, we complete the command in such a way that it is a
7989complete command for setting the option in question. If there are multiple
7990possible values, we generate a command consisting of the option plus a trailing
7991question mark, which, if executed, will list the current value of the option.
7992
7993=cut
7994
7995 # Say, didn't the option command's character change?)
7996 # XXX Yes it did. Fix the following pattern match to correct the problem.
7997 # XXX This is a bug.
7998 if ((substr $line, 0, $start) =~ /^\|*O\b.*\s$/) { # Options after a space
7999 # We look for the text to be matched in the list of possible options,
8000 # and fetch the current value.
8001 my @out = grep /^\Q$text/, @options;
8002 my $val = option_val($out[0], undef);
8003
8004 # Set up a 'query option's value' command.
8005 my $out = '? ';
8006 if (not defined $val or $val =~ /[\n\r]/) {
8007 # There's really nothing else we can do.
8008 }
8009
8010 # We have a value. Create a proper option-setting command.
8011 elsif ($val =~ /\s/) {
8012 # XXX This may be an extraneous variable.
8013 my $found;
8014
8015 # We'll want to quote the string (because of the embedded
8016 # whtespace), but we want to make sure we don't end up with
8017 # mismatched quote characters. We try several possibilities.
8018 foreach $l (split //, qq/\"\'\#\|/) {
8019 # If we didn't find this quote character in the value,
8020 # quote it using this quote character.
8021 $out = "$l$val$l ", last if (index $val, $l) == -1;
8022 }
8023 } ## end elsif ($val =~ /\s/)
8024
8025 # Don't need any quotes.
8026 else {
8027 $out = "=$val ";
8028 }
8029
8030 # If there were multiple possible values, return '? ', which
8031 # makes the command into a query command. If there was just one,
8032 # have readline append that.
8033 $rl_attribs->{completer_terminator_character} =
8034 (@out == 1 ? $out : '? ');
8035
8036 # Return list of possibilities.
8037 return sort @out;
8038 } ## end if ((substr $line, 0, ...
8039
8040=head3 Filename completion
8041
8042For entering filenames. We simply call C<readline>'s C<filename_list()>
8043method with the completion text to get the possible completions.
8044
8045=cut
8046
8047 return $term->filename_list($text); # filenames
8048
8049} ## end sub db_complete
8050
8051=head1 MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORT FUNCTIONS
8052
8053Functions that possibly ought to be somewhere else.
8054
8055=head2 end_report
8056
8057Say we're done.
8058
8059=cut
8060
8061sub end_report {
8062 local $\ = '';
8063 print $OUT "Use `q' to quit or `R' to restart. `h q' for details.\n";
8064}
8065
8066=head2 clean_ENV
8067
8068If we have $ini_pids, save it in the environment; else remove it from the
8069environment. Used by the C<R> (restart) command.
8070
8071=cut
8072
8073sub clean_ENV {
8074 if (defined($ini_pids)) {
8075 $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} = $ini_pids;
8076 }
8077 else {
8078 delete($ENV{PERLDB_PIDS});
8079 }
8080} ## end sub clean_ENV
8081
8082=head1 END PROCESSING - THE C<END> BLOCK
8083
8084Come here at the very end of processing. We want to go into a
8085loop where we allow the user to enter commands and interact with the
8086debugger, but we don't want anything else to execute.
8087
8088First we set the C<$finished> variable, so that some commands that
8089shouldn't be run after the end of program quit working.
8090
8091We then figure out whether we're truly done (as in the user entered a C<q>
8092command, or we finished execution while running nonstop). If we aren't,
8093we set C<$single> to 1 (causing the debugger to get control again).
8094
8095We then call C<DB::fake::at_exit()>, which returns the C<Use 'q' to quit ...">
8096message and returns control to the debugger. Repeat.
8097
8098When the user finally enters a C<q> command, C<$fall_off_end> is set to
80991 and the C<END> block simply exits with C<$single> set to 0 (don't
8100break, run to completion.).
8101
8102=cut
8103
8104END {
8105 $finished = 1 if $inhibit_exit; # So that some commands may be disabled.
8106 $fall_off_end = 1 unless $inhibit_exit;
8107
8108 # Do not stop in at_exit() and destructors on exit:
8109 $DB::single = !$fall_off_end && !$runnonstop;
8110 DB::fake::at_exit() unless $fall_off_end or $runnonstop;
8111} ## end END
8112
8113=head1 PRE-5.8 COMMANDS
8114
8115Some of the commands changed function quite a bit in the 5.8 command
8116realignment, so much so that the old code had to be replaced completely.
8117Because we wanted to retain the option of being able to go back to the
8118former command set, we moved the old code off to this section.
8119
8120There's an awful lot of duplicated code here. We've duplicated the
8121comments to keep things clear.
8122
8123=head2 Null command
8124
8125Does nothing. Used to 'turn off' commands.
8126
8127=cut
8128
8129sub cmd_pre580_null {
8130
8131 # do nothing...
8132}
8133
8134=head2 Old C<a> command.
8135
8136This version added actions if you supplied them, and deleted them
8137if you didn't.
8138
8139=cut
8140
8141sub cmd_pre580_a {
8142 my $xcmd = shift;
8143 my $cmd = shift;
8144
8145 # Argument supplied. Add the action.
8146 if ($cmd =~ /^(\d*)\s*(.*)/) {
8147
8148 # If the line isn't there, use the current line.
8149 $i = $1 || $line;
8150 $j = $2;
8151
8152 # If there is an action ...
8153 if (length $j) {
8154
8155 # ... but the line isn't breakable, skip it.
8156 if ($dbline[$i] == 0) {
8157 print $OUT "Line $i may not have an action.\n";
8158 }
8159 else {
8160 # ... and the line is breakable:
8161 # Mark that there's an action in this file.
8162 $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 2;
8163
8164 # Delete any current action.
8165 $dbline{$i} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//;
8166
8167 # Add the new action, continuing the line as needed.
8168 $dbline{$i} .= "\0" . action($j);
8169 }
8170 } ## end if (length $j)
8171
8172 # No action supplied.
8173 else {
8174 # Delete the action.
8175 $dbline{$i} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//;
8176 # Mark as having no break or action if nothing's left.
8177 delete $dbline{$i} if $dbline{$i} eq '';
8178 }
8179 } ## end if ($cmd =~ /^(\d*)\s*(.*)/)
8180} ## end sub cmd_pre580_a
8181
8182=head2 Old C<b> command
8183
8184Add breakpoints.
8185
8186=cut
8187
8188sub cmd_pre580_b {
8189 my $xcmd = shift;
8190 my $cmd = shift;
8191 my $dbline = shift;
8192
8193 # Break on load.
8194 if ($cmd =~ /^load\b\s*(.*)/) {
8195 my $file = $1;
8196 $file =~ s/\s+$//;
8197 &cmd_b_load($file);
8198 }
8199
8200 # b compile|postpone <some sub> [<condition>]
8201 # The interpreter actually traps this one for us; we just put the
8202 # necessary condition in the %postponed hash.
8203 elsif ($cmd =~ /^(postpone|compile)\b\s*([':A-Za-z_][':\w]*)\s*(.*)/) {
8204 # Capture the condition if there is one. Make it true if none.
8205 my $cond = length $3 ? $3 : '1';
8206
8207 # Save the sub name and set $break to 1 if $1 was 'postpone', 0
8208 # if it was 'compile'.
8209 my ($subname, $break) = ($2, $1 eq 'postpone');
8210
8211 # De-Perl4-ify the name - ' separators to ::.
8212 $subname =~ s/\'/::/g;
8213
8214 # Qualify it into the current package unless it's already qualified.
8215 $subname = "${'package'}::" . $subname
8216 unless $subname =~ /::/;
8217
8218 # Add main if it starts with ::.
8219 $subname = "main" . $subname if substr($subname, 0, 2) eq "::";
8220
8221 # Save the break type for this sub.
8222 $postponed{$subname} = $break ? "break +0 if $cond" : "compile";
8223 } ## end elsif ($cmd =~ ...
8224
8225 # b <sub name> [<condition>]
8226 elsif ($cmd =~ /^([':A-Za-z_][':\w]*(?:\[.*\])?)\s*(.*)/) {
8227 my $subname = $1;
8228 my $cond = length $2 ? $2 : '1';
8229 &cmd_b_sub($subname, $cond);
8230 }
8231
8232 # b <line> [<condition>].
8233 elsif ($cmd =~ /^(\d*)\s*(.*)/) {
8234 my $i = $1 || $dbline;
8235 my $cond = length $2 ? $2 : '1';
8236 &cmd_b_line($i, $cond);
8237 }
8238} ## end sub cmd_pre580_b
8239
8240=head2 Old C<D> command.
8241
8242Delete all breakpoints unconditionally.
8243
8244=cut
8245
8246sub cmd_pre580_D {
8247 my $xcmd = shift;
8248 my $cmd = shift;
8249 if ($cmd =~ /^\s*$/) {
8250 print $OUT "Deleting all breakpoints...\n";
8251
8252 # %had_breakpoints lists every file that had at least one
8253 # breakpoint in it.
8254 my $file;
8255 for $file (keys %had_breakpoints) {
8256 # Switch to the desired file temporarily.
8257 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
8258
8259 my $max = $#dbline;
8260 my $was;
8261
8262 # For all lines in this file ...
8263 for ($i = 1 ; $i <= $max ; $i++) {
8264 # If there's a breakpoint or action on this line ...
8265 if (defined $dbline{$i}) {
8266 # ... remove the breakpoint.
8267 $dbline{$i} =~ s/^[^\0]+//;
8268 if ($dbline{$i} =~ s/^\0?$//) {
8269 # Remove the entry altogether if no action is there.
8270 delete $dbline{$i};
8271 }
8272 } ## end if (defined $dbline{$i...
8273 } ## end for ($i = 1 ; $i <= $max...
8274
8275 # If, after we turn off the "there were breakpoints in this file"
8276 # bit, the entry in %had_breakpoints for this file is zero,
8277 # we should remove this file from the hash.
8278 if (not $had_breakpoints{$file} &= ~1) {
8279 delete $had_breakpoints{$file};
8280 }
8281 } ## end for $file (keys %had_breakpoints)
8282
8283 # Kill off all the other breakpoints that are waiting for files that
8284 # haven't been loaded yet.
8285 undef %postponed;
8286 undef %postponed_file;
8287 undef %break_on_load;
8288 } ## end if ($cmd =~ /^\s*$/)
8289} ## end sub cmd_pre580_D
8290
8291=head2 Old C<h> command
8292
8293Print help. Defaults to printing the long-form help; the 5.8 version
8294prints the summary by default.
8295
8296=cut
8297
8298sub cmd_pre580_h {
8299 my $xcmd = shift;
8300 my $cmd = shift;
8301
8302 # Print the *right* help, long format.
8303 if ($cmd =~ /^\s*$/) {
8304 print_help($pre580_help);
8305 }
8306
8307 # 'h h' - explicitly-requested summary.
8308 elsif ($cmd =~ /^h\s*/) {
8309 print_help($pre580_summary);
8310 }
8311
8312 # Find and print a command's help.
8313 elsif ($cmd =~ /^h\s+(\S.*)$/) {
8314 my $asked = $1; # for proper errmsg
8315 my $qasked = quotemeta($asked); # for searching
8316 # XXX: finds CR but not <CR>
8317 if ($pre580_help =~ /^
8318 <? # Optional '<'
8319 (?:[IB]<) # Optional markup
8320 $qasked # The command name
8321 /mx) {
8322
8323 while (
8324 $pre580_help =~ /^
8325 ( # The command help:
8326 <? # Optional '<'
8327 (?:[IB]<) # Optional markup
8328 $qasked # The command name
8329 ([\s\S]*?) # Lines starting with tabs
8330 \n # Final newline
8331 )
8332 (?!\s)/mgx) # Line not starting with space
8333 # (Next command's help)
8334 {
8335 print_help($1);
8336 }
8337 } ## end if ($pre580_help =~ /^<?(?:[IB]<)$qasked/m)
8338
8339 # Help not found.
8340 else {
8341 print_help("B<$asked> is not a debugger command.\n");
8342 }
8343 } ## end elsif ($cmd =~ /^h\s+(\S.*)$/)
8344} ## end sub cmd_pre580_h
8345
8346=head2 Old C<W> command
8347
8348C<W E<lt>exprE<gt>> adds a watch expression, C<W> deletes them all.
8349
8350=cut
8351
8352sub cmd_pre580_W {
8353 my $xcmd = shift;
8354 my $cmd = shift;
8355
8356 # Delete all watch expressions.
8357 if ($cmd =~ /^$/) {
8358 # No watching is going on.
8359 $trace &= ~2;
8360 # Kill all the watch expressions and values.
8361 @to_watch = @old_watch = ();
8362 }
8363
8364 # Add a watch expression.
8365 elsif ($cmd =~ /^(.*)/s) {
8366 # add it to the list to be watched.
8367 push @to_watch, $1;
8368
8369 # Get the current value of the expression.
8370 # Doesn't handle expressions returning list values!
8371 $evalarg = $1;
8372 my ($val) = &eval;
8373 $val = (defined $val) ? "'$val'" : 'undef';
8374
8375 # Save it.
8376 push @old_watch, $val;
8377
8378 # We're watching stuff.
8379 $trace |= 2;
8380
8381 } ## end elsif ($cmd =~ /^(.*)/s)
8382} ## end sub cmd_pre580_W
8383
8384=head1 PRE-AND-POST-PROMPT COMMANDS AND ACTIONS
8385
8386The debugger used to have a bunch of nearly-identical code to handle
8387the pre-and-post-prompt action commands. C<cmd_pre590_prepost> and
8388C<cmd_prepost> unify all this into one set of code to handle the
8389appropriate actions.
8390
8391=head2 C<cmd_pre590_prepost>
8392
8393A small wrapper around C<cmd_prepost>; it makes sure that the default doesn't
8394do something destructive. In pre 5.8 debuggers, the default action was to
8395delete all the actions.
8396
8397=cut
8398
8399sub cmd_pre590_prepost {
8400 my $cmd = shift;
8401 my $line = shift || '*';
8402 my $dbline = shift;
8403
8404 return &cmd_prepost( $cmd, $line, $dbline );
8405} ## end sub cmd_pre590_prepost
8406
8407=head2 C<cmd_prepost>
8408
8409Actually does all the handling foe C<E<lt>>, C<E<gt>>, C<{{>, C<{>, etc.
8410Since the lists of actions are all held in arrays that are pointed to by
8411references anyway, all we have to do is pick the right array reference and
8412then use generic code to all, delete, or list actions.
8413
8414=cut
8415
8416sub cmd_prepost { my $cmd = shift;
8417
8418 # No action supplied defaults to 'list'.
8419 my $line = shift || '?';
8420
8421 # Figure out what to put in the prompt.
8422 my $which = '';
8423
8424 # Make sure we have some array or another to address later.
8425 # This means that if ssome reason the tests fail, we won't be
8426 # trying to stash actions or delete them from the wrong place.
8427 my $aref = [];
8428
8429 # < - Perl code to run before prompt.
8430 if ( $cmd =~ /^\</o ) {
8431 $which = 'pre-perl';
8432 $aref = $pre;
8433 }
8434
8435 # > - Perl code to run after prompt.
8436 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^\>/o ) {
8437 $which = 'post-perl';
8438 $aref = $post;
8439 }
8440
8441 # { - first check for properly-balanced braces.
8442 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^\{/o ) {
8443 if ( $cmd =~ /^\{.*\}$/o && unbalanced( substr( $cmd, 1 ) ) ) {
8444 print $OUT
8445"$cmd is now a debugger command\nuse `;$cmd' if you mean Perl code\n";
8446 }
8447
8448 # Properly balanced. Pre-prompt debugger actions.
8449 else {
8450 $which = 'pre-debugger';
8451 $aref = $pretype;
8452 }
8453 } ## end elsif ( $cmd =~ /^\{/o )
8454
8455 # Did we find something that makes sense?
8456 unless ($which) {
8457 print $OUT "Confused by command: $cmd\n";
8458 }
8459
8460 # Yes.
8461 else {
8462 # List actions.
8463 if ( $line =~ /^\s*\?\s*$/o ) {
8464 unless (@$aref) {
8465 # Nothing there. Complain.
8466 print $OUT "No $which actions.\n";
8467 }
8468 else {
8469 # List the actions in the selected list.
8470 print $OUT "$which commands:\n";
8471 foreach my $action (@$aref) {
8472 print $OUT "\t$cmd -- $action\n";
8473 }
8474 } ## end else
8475 } ## end if ( $line =~ /^\s*\?\s*$/o)
8476
8477 # Might be a delete.
8478 else {
8479 if ( length($cmd) == 1 ) {
8480 if ( $line =~ /^\s*\*\s*$/o ) {
8481 # It's a delete. Get rid of the old actions in the
8482 # selected list..
8483 @$aref = ();
8484 print $OUT "All $cmd actions cleared.\n";
8485 }
8486 else {
8487 # Replace all the actions. (This is a <, >, or {).
8488 @$aref = action($line);
8489 }
8490 } ## end if ( length($cmd) == 1)
8491 elsif ( length($cmd) == 2 ) {
8492 # Add the action to the line. (This is a <<, >>, or {{).
8493 push @$aref, action($line);
8494 }
8495 else {
8496 # <<<, >>>>, {{{{{{ ... something not a command.
8497 print $OUT
8498 "Confused by strange length of $which command($cmd)...\n";
8499 }
8500 } ## end else [ if ( $line =~ /^\s*\?\s*$/o)
8501 } ## end else
8502} ## end sub cmd_prepost
8503
8504
8505=head1 C<DB::fake>
8506
8507Contains the C<at_exit> routine that the debugger uses to issue the
8508C<Debugged program terminated ...> message after the program completes. See
8509the C<END> block documentation for more details.
8510
8511=cut
8512
8513package DB::fake;
8514
8515sub at_exit {
8516 "Debugged program terminated. Use `q' to quit or `R' to restart.";
8517}
8518
8519package DB; # Do not trace this 1; below!
8520
85211;
8522